§ 601. Definitions
For purposes of this chapter—
(1) the term ‘‘agency’’ means an agency as
defined in section 551(1) of this title;
(2) the term ‘‘rule’’ means any rule for which
the agency publishes a general notice of pro-
posed rulemaking pursuant to section 553(b) of
this title, or any other law, including any rule
of general applicability governing Federal
grants to State and local governments for
which the agency provides an opportunity for
notice and public comment, except that the
term ‘‘rule’’ does not include a rule of par-
ticular applicability relating to rates, wages,
corporate or financial structures or reorga-
nizations thereof, prices, facilities, appliances,
services, or allowances therefor or to valu-
ations, costs or accounting, or practices relat-
ing to such rates, wages, structures, prices, ap-
pliances, services, or allowances;
Page 170
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(3) the term ‘‘small business’’ has the same
meaning as the term ‘‘small business concern’’
under section 3 of the Small Business Act, un-
less an agency, after consultation with the Of-
fice of Advocacy of the Small Business Admin-
istration and after opportunity for public com-
ment, establishes one or more definitions of
such term which are appropriate to the activi-
ties of the agency and publishes such defini-
tion(s) in the Federal Register;
(4) the term ‘‘small organization’’ means any
not-for-profit enterprise which is independ-
ently owned and operated and is not dominant
in its field, unless an agency establishes, after
opportunity for public comment, one or more
definitions of such term which are appropriate
to the activities of the agency and publishes
such definition(s) in the Federal Register;
(5) the term ‘‘small governmen
File SHA-256: 8e543dc6c9d9be7c40981e715c34c33d69ed53024a8f7fc329ef57ff1f71de56. The original may include catalog metadata, neighboring provisions, or embedded records outside this collection's scope. This page displays the selected federal record. Historical editions and unverified snapshots are not a statement of current law.
Authority boundary: historical or unconfirmed source not current law verified.
Stable record: federal_law:legal_authorities:uscode2024_b66964ac0b8c5e79bdcfadb2 Source file: Laws/federal/codes/united-states-code-2024/title-5/section-601-definitions--52ce6a6cd0.md Pages: Not recorded – Not recorded Passage SHA-256: 5e2809a4e617cc1520a669f79d92e90c605bd7c6a503887744728dc6557175ad Retained source evidence SHA-256: 8e543dc6c9d9be7c40981e715c34c33d69ed53024a8f7fc329ef57ff1f71de56
Page 169
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
§ 596. Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to
carry out this subchapter not more than
$3,200,000 for fiscal year 2009, $3,200,000 for fiscal
year 2010, and $3,200,000 for fiscal year 2011. Of
any amounts appropriated under this section,
not more than $2,500 may be made available in
each fiscal year for official representation and
entertainment expenses for foreign dignitaries.
(Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 391, § 576;
Pub. L. 91–164, Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 446; Pub. L.
92–526, § 2, Oct. 21, 1972, 86 Stat. 1048; Pub. L.
95–293, § 1(a), June 13, 1978, 92 Stat. 317; Pub. L.
97–330, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1618; Pub. L. 99–470,
§ 2(a), Oct. 14, 1986, 100 Stat. 1198; Pub. L. 101–422,
§ 1, Oct. 12, 1990, 104 Stat. 910; renumbered § 596,
Pub. L. 102–354, § 2(2), Aug. 26, 1992, 106 Stat. 944;
Pub. L. 108–401, § 3, Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2255;
Pub. L. 110–290, § 2, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2914.)
HISTORICAL AND REVISION NOTES
Derivation
U.S. Code
Revised Statutes and
Statutes at Large
..................
5 U.S.C. 1045e.
Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–499,
§ 7, 78 Stat. 618.
The word ‘‘hereby’’ is omitted as unnecessary.
Standard changes are made to conform with the defi-
nitions applicable and the style of this title as outlined
in the preface to the report.
Editorial Notes
AMENDMENTS
2008—Pub. L. 110–290 amended section generally. Prior
to amendment, text read as follows: ‘‘There are author-
ized to be appropriated to carry out this subchapter not
more than $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2005, $3,100,000 for
fiscal year 2006, and $3,200,000 for fiscal year 2007. Of any
amounts appropriated under this section, not more
than $2,500 may be made available in each fiscal year
for official representation and entertainment expenses
for foreign dignitaries.’’
2004—Pub. L. 108–401 reenacted section catchline
without change and amended text generally. Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: ‘‘There are authorized
to be appropriated to carry out the purposes of this
subchapter not more than $2,000,000 for fiscal year 1990,
$2,100,000 for fiscal year 1991, $2,200,000 for fiscal year
1992, $2,300,000 for fiscal year 1993, and $2,400,000 for fis-
cal year 1994. Of any amounts appropriated under this
section, not more than $1,500 may be made available in
each fiscal year for official representation and enter-
tainment expenses for foreign dignitaries.’’
1992—Pub. L. 102–354 renumbered section 576 of this
title as this section.
1990—Pub. L. 101–422 amended section generally. Prior
to amendment, section read as follows: ‘‘There are au-
thorized to be appropriated to carry out the purposes of
this subchapter not more than $1,600,000 for fiscal year
1986 and not more than $2,000,000 for each fiscal year
thereafter up to and including fiscal year 1990. Of any
amounts appropriated under this section, not more
than $1,000 may be made available in each fiscal year
for official reception and entertainment expenses for
foreign dignitaries.’’
1986—Pub. L. 99–470 substituted ‘‘Authorization of ap-
propriations’’ for ‘‘Appropriations’’ in section catchline
and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text
read as follows: ‘‘There are authorized to be appro-
priated to carry out the purposes of this subchapter
sums not to exceed $2,300,000 for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 1982, and not to exceed $2,300,000 for each
fiscal year thereafter up to and including the fiscal
year ending September 30, 1986.’’
1982—Pub. L. 97–330 substituted provisions author-
izing appropriations of not to exceed $2,300,000 for fiscal
year ending Sept. 30, 1982, and not to exceed $2,300,000
for each fiscal year thereafter up to and including fis-
cal year ending Sept. 30, 1986, for provisions that had
authorized appropriations of not to exceed $1,700,000 for
fiscal year ending Sept. 30, 1979, $2,000,000 for fiscal year
ending Sept. 30, 1980, $2,300,000 for fiscal year ending
Sept. 30, 1981, and $2,300,000 for fiscal year ending Sept.
30, 1982.
1978—Pub. L. 95–293 substituted provisions author-
izing appropriations for fiscal years ending Sept. 30,
1979, Sept. 30, 1980, Sept. 30, 1981, and Sept. 30, 1982, of
$1,700,000, $2,000,000, $2,300,000, and $2,300,000, respec-
tively, for provisions authorizing appropriations for fis-
cal years ending June 30, 1974, June 30, 1975, June 30,
1976, June 30, 1977, and June 30, 1978, of $760,000, $805,000,
$850,000, $900,000, and $950,000, respectively, and provi-
sions authorizing for each fiscal year thereafter such
sums as may be necessary.
1972—Pub. L. 92–526 substituted provisions author-
izing to be appropriated necessary sums not in excess of
$760,000 for fiscal year ending June 30, 1974, $805,000 for
fiscal year ending June 30, 1975, $850,000 for fiscal year
ending June 30, 1976, $900,000 for fiscal year ending June
30, 1977, and $950,000 for fiscal year ending June 30, 1978,
and each fiscal year thereafter, for provisions author-
izing to be appropriated necessary sums, not in excess
of $450,000 per annum.
1969—Pub. L. 91–164 substituted ‘‘$450,000 per annum’’
for ‘‘$250,000’’.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 95–293, § 1(b), June 13, 1978, 92 Stat. 317, pro-
vided that: ‘‘The amendment made by subsection (a)
[amending this section] shall take effect October 1,
1977.’’
CHAPTER 6—THE ANALYSIS OF
REGULATORY FUNCTIONS
Sec.
601.
Definitions.
602.
Regulatory agenda.
603.
Initial regulatory flexibility analysis.
604.
Final regulatory flexibility analysis.
605.
Avoidance of duplicative or unnecessary anal-
yses.
606.
Effect on other law.
607.
Preparation of analyses.
608.
Procedure for waiver or delay of completion.
609.
Procedures for gathering comments.
610.
Periodic review of rules.
611.
Judicial review.
612.
Reports and intervention rights.
§ 601. Definitions
For purposes of this chapter—
(1) the term ‘‘agency’’ means an agency as
defined in section 551(1) of this title;
(2) the term ‘‘rule’’ means any rule for which
the agency publishes a general notice of pro-
posed rulemaking pursuant to section 553(b) of
this title, or any other law, including any rule
of general applicability governing Federal
grants to State and local governments for
which the agency provides an opportunity for
notice and public comment, except that the
term ‘‘rule’’ does not include a rule of par-
ticular applicability relating to rates, wages,
corporate or financial structures or reorga-
nizations thereof, prices, facilities, appliances,
services, or allowances therefor or to valu-
ations, costs or accounting, or practices relat-
ing to such rates, wages, structures, prices, ap-
pliances, services, or allowances;
Page 170
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(3) the term ‘‘small business’’ has the same
meaning as the term ‘‘small business concern’’
under section 3 of the Small Business Act, un-
less an agency, after consultation with the Of-
fice of Advocacy of the Small Business Admin-
istration and after opportunity for public com-
ment, establishes one or more definitions of
such term which are appropriate to the activi-
ties of the agency and publishes such defini-
tion(s) in the Federal Register;
(4) the term ‘‘small organization’’ means any
not-for-profit enterprise which is independ-
ently owned and operated and is not dominant
in its field, unless an agency establishes, after
opportunity for public comment, one or more
definitions of such term which are appropriate
to the activities of the agency and publishes
such definition(s) in the Federal Register;
(5) the term ‘‘small governmental jurisdic-
tion’’ means governments of cities, counties,
towns, townships, villages, school districts, or
special districts, with a population of less
than fifty thousand, unless an agency estab-
lishes, after opportunity for public comment,
one or more definitions of such term which are
appropriate to the activities of the agency and
which are based on such factors as location in
rural or sparsely populated areas or limited
revenues due to the population of such juris-
diction, and publishes such definition(s) in the
Federal Register;
(6) the term ‘‘small entity’’ shall have the
same meaning as the terms ‘‘small business’’,
‘‘small organization’’ and ‘‘small govern-
mental jurisdiction’’ defined in paragraphs (3),
(4) and (5) of this section; and
(7) the term ‘‘collection of information’’—
(A) means the obtaining, causing to be ob-
tained, soliciting, or requiring the disclosure
to third parties or the public, of facts or
opinions by or for an agency, regardless of
form or format, calling for either—
(i) answers to identical questions posed
to, or identical reporting or recordkeeping
requirements imposed on, 10 or more per-
sons, other than agencies, instrumental-
ities, or employees of the United States; or
(ii) answers to questions posed to agen-
cies, instrumentalities, or employees of
the United States which are to be used for
general statistical purposes; and
(B) shall not include a collection of infor-
mation described under section 3518(c)(1) of
title 44, United States Code.
(8) RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENT.—The term
‘‘recordkeeping requirement’’ means a require-
ment imposed by an agency on persons to
maintain specified records.
(Added Pub. L. 96–354, § 3(a), Sept. 19, 1980, 94
Stat. 1165; amended Pub. L. 104–121, title II,
§ 241(a)(2), Mar. 29, 1996, 110 Stat. 864.)
Editorial Notes
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 3 of the Small Business Act, referred to in
par. (3), is classified to section 632 of Title 15, Com-
merce and Trade.
AMENDMENTS
1996—Pars. (7), (8). Pub. L. 104–121 added pars. (7) and
(8).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 104–121, title II, § 245, Mar. 29, 1996, 110 Stat.
868, provided that: ‘‘This subtitle [subtitle D (§§ 241–245)
of title II of Pub. L. 104–121, amending this section and
sections 603 to 605, 609, 611, and 612 of this title and en-
acting provisions set out as a note under section 609 of
this title] shall become effective on the expiration of 90
days after the date of enactment of this subtitle [Mar.
29, 1996], except that such amendments shall not apply
to interpretative rules for which a notice of proposed
rulemaking was published prior to the date of enact-
ment.’’
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 96–354, § 4, Sept. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 1170, provided
that: ‘‘The provisions of this Act [enacting this chap-
ter] shall take effect January 1, 1981, except that the
requirements of sections 603 and 604 of title 5, United
States Code (as added by section 3 of this Act) shall
apply only to rules for which a notice of proposed rule-
making is issued on or after January 1, 1981.’’
SHORT TITLE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 104–121, § 1, Mar. 29, 1996, 110 Stat. 847, pro-
vided that: ‘‘This Act [enacting sections 801 to 808 of
this title, section 657 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade,
and sections 1320b–15 and 1383e of Title 42, The Public
Health and Welfare, amending this section and sections
504, 603 to 605, 609, 611, and 612 of this title, sections 665e
and 901 of Title 2, The Congress, section 648 of Title 15,
section 2412 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Proce-
dure, section 3101 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and
sections 401, 402, 403, 405, 422, 423, 425, 902, 903, 1382,
1382c, 1383, and 1383c of Title 42, enacting provisions set
out as notes under this section and sections 504, 609,
and 801 of this title and sections 401, 402, 403, 405, 902,
1305, 1320b–15, and 1382 of Title 42, amending provisions
set out as a note under section 631 of Title 15, and re-
pealing provisions set out as a note under section 425 of
Title 42] may be cited as the ‘Contract with America
Advancement Act of 1996’.’’
SHORT TITLE
Pub. L. 96–354, § 1, Sept. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 1164, pro-
vided: ‘‘That this Act [enacting this chapter] may be
cited as the ‘Regulatory Flexibility Act’.’’
REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT REPORTS
Pub. L. 107–198, § 4, June 28, 2002, 116 Stat. 732, pro-
vided that:
‘‘(a) DEFINITION.—In this section, the term ‘agency’
has the meaning given that term under section 551 of
title 5, United States Code.
‘‘(b) IN GENERAL.—
‘‘(1) INITIAL REPORT.—Not later than December 31,
2003, each agency shall submit an initial report to—
‘‘(A) the chairpersons and ranking minority mem-
bers of—
‘‘(i) the Committee on Governmental Affairs
[now Committee on Homeland Security and Gov-
ernmental Affairs] and the Committee on Small
Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate; and
‘‘(ii) the Committee on Government Reform
[now Committee on Oversight and Account-
ability] and the Committee on Small Business of
the House of Representatives; and
‘‘(B) the Small Business and Agriculture Regu-
latory Enforcement Ombudsman designated under
section 30(b) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
657(b)).
‘‘(2) FINAL REPORT.—Not later than December 31,
2004, each agency shall submit a final report to the
members and officer described under paragraph (1)
(A) and (B).
‘‘(3) CONTENT.—The initial report under paragraph
(1) shall include information with respect to the 1-
year period beginning on October 1, 2002, and the final
Page 171
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
report under paragraph (2) shall include information
with respect to the 1-year period beginning on Octo-
ber 1, 2003, on each of the following:
‘‘(A) The number of enforcement actions in which
a civil penalty is assessed.
‘‘(B) The number of enforcement actions in which
a civil penalty is assessed against a small entity.
‘‘(C) The number of enforcement actions de-
scribed under subparagraphs (A) and (B) in which
the civil penalty is reduced or waived.
‘‘(D) The total monetary amount of the reduc-
tions or waivers referred to under subparagraph (C).
‘‘(4) DEFINITIONS
IN
REPORTS.—Each report under
this subsection shall include definitions selected at
the discretion of the reporting agency of the terms
‘enforcement actions’, ‘reduction or waiver’, and
‘small entity’ as used in the report.’’
ASSESSMENT OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
ON FAMILIES
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, § 101(h) [title VI, § 654], Oct. 21,
1998, 112 Stat. 2681–480, 2681–528, as amended by Pub. L.
108–271, § 8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814, provided that:
‘‘(a) PURPOSES.—The purposes of this section are to—
‘‘(1) require agencies to assess the impact of pro-
posed agency actions on family well-being; and
‘‘(2) improve the management of executive branch
agencies.
‘‘(b) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
‘‘(1) the term ‘agency’ has the meaning given the
term ‘Executive agency’ by section 105 of title 5,
United States Code, except such term does not in-
clude the Government Accountability Office; and
‘‘(2) the term ‘family’ means—
‘‘(A) a group of individuals related by blood, mar-
riage, adoption, or other legal custody who live to-
gether as a single household; and
‘‘(B) any individual who is not a member of such
group, but who is related by blood, marriage, or
adoption to a member of such group, and over half
of whose support in a calendar year is received from
such group.
‘‘(c) FAMILY POLICYMAKING ASSESSMENT.—Before im-
plementing policies and regulations that may affect
family well-being, each agency shall assess such ac-
tions with respect to whether—
‘‘(1) the action strengthens or erodes the stability
or safety of the family and, particularly, the marital
commitment;
‘‘(2) the action strengthens or erodes the authority
and rights of parents in the education, nurture, and
supervision of their children;
‘‘(3) the action helps the family perform its func-
tions, or substitutes governmental activity for the
function;
‘‘(4) the action increases or decreases disposable in-
come or poverty of families and children;
‘‘(5) the proposed benefits of the action justify the
financial impact on the family;
‘‘(6) the action may be carried out by State or local
government or by the family; and
‘‘(7) the action establishes an implicit or explicit
policy concerning the relationship between the be-
havior and personal responsibility of youth, and the
norms of society.
‘‘(d) GOVERNMENTWIDE FAMILY POLICY COORDINATION
AND REVIEW.—
‘‘(1) CERTIFICATION AND RATIONALE.—With respect to
each proposed policy or regulation that may affect
family well-being, the head of each agency shall—
‘‘(A) submit a written certification to the Direc-
tor of the Office of Management and Budget and to
Congress that such policy or regulation has been
assessed in accordance with this section; and
‘‘(B) provide an adequate rationale for implemen-
tation of each policy or regulation that may nega-
tively affect family well-being.
‘‘(2) OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET.—The Di-
rector of the Office of Management and Budget
shall—
‘‘(A) ensure that policies and regulations pro-
posed by agencies are implemented consistent with
this section; and
‘‘(B) compile, index, and submit annually to the
Congress the written certifications received pursu-
ant to paragraph (1)(A).
‘‘(3) OFFICE OF POLICY DEVELOPMENT.—The Office of
Policy Development shall—
‘‘(A) assess proposed policies and regulations in
accordance with this section;
‘‘(B) provide evaluations of policies and regula-
tions that may affect family well-being to the Di-
rector of the Office of Management and Budget; and
‘‘(C) advise the President on policy and regu-
latory actions that may be taken to strengthen the
institutions of marriage and family in the United
States.
‘‘(e) ASSESSMENTS UPON REQUEST
BY MEMBERS
OF
CONGRESS.—Upon request by a Member of Congress re-
lating to a proposed policy or regulation, an agency
shall conduct an assessment in accordance with sub-
section (c), and shall provide a certification and ration-
ale in accordance with subsection (d).
‘‘(f) JUDICIAL REVIEW.—This section is not intended to
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law by a party against the United
States, its agencies, its officers, or any person.’’
SMALL BUSINESS REGULATORY FAIRNESS
Pub. L. 104–121, title II, §§ 201–224, Mar. 29, 1996, 110
Stat. 857–862, as amended by Pub. L. 110–28, title VIII,
§ 8302, May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 204, provided that:
‘‘SEC. 201. SHORT TITLE.
‘‘This title [enacting sections 801 to 808 of this title
and section 657 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade,
amending this section, sections 504, 603 to 605, 609, 611,
and 612 of this title, section 648 of Title 15, and section
2412 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure, en-
acting provisions set out as notes under this section
and sections 504, 609, and 801 of this title, and amending
provisions set out as a note under section 631 of Title
15] may be cited as the ‘Small Business Regulatory En-
forcement Fairness Act of 1996’.
‘‘SEC. 202. FINDINGS.
‘‘Congress finds that—
‘‘(1) a vibrant and growing small business sector is
critical to creating jobs in a dynamic economy;
‘‘(2) small businesses bear a disproportionate share
of regulatory costs and burdens;
‘‘(3) fundamental changes that are needed in the
regulatory and enforcement culture of Federal agen-
cies to make agencies more responsive to small busi-
ness can be made without compromising the statu-
tory missions of the agencies;
‘‘(4) three of the top recommendations of the 1995
White House Conference on Small Business involve
reforms to the way government regulations are devel-
oped and enforced, and reductions in government pa-
perwork requirements;
‘‘(5) the requirements of chapter 6 of title 5, United
States Code, have too often been ignored by govern-
ment agencies, resulting in greater regulatory bur-
dens on small entities than necessitated by statute;
and
‘‘(6) small entities should be given the opportunity
to seek judicial review of agency actions required by
chapter 6 of title 5, United States Code.
‘‘SEC. 203. PURPOSES.
‘‘The purposes of this title are—
‘‘(1) to implement certain recommendations of the
1995 White House Conference on Small Business re-
garding the development and enforcement of Federal
regulations;
‘‘(2) to provide for judicial review of chapter 6 of
title 5, United States Code;
‘‘(3) to encourage the effective participation of
small businesses in the Federal regulatory process;
‘‘(4) to simplify the language of Federal regulations
affecting small businesses;
Page 172
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
‘‘(5) to develop more accessible sources of informa-
tion on regulatory and reporting requirements for
small businesses;
‘‘(6) to create a more cooperative regulatory envi-
ronment among agencies and small businesses that is
less punitive and more solution-oriented; and
‘‘(7) to make Federal regulators more accountable
for their enforcement actions by providing small en-
tities with a meaningful opportunity for redress of
excessive enforcement activities.
‘‘SUBTITLE A—REGULATORY COMPLIANCE SIMPLIFICATION
‘‘SEC. 211. DEFINITIONS.
‘‘For purposes of this subtitle—
‘‘(1) the terms ‘rule’ and ‘small entity’ have the
same meanings as in section 601 of title 5, United
States Code;
‘‘(2) the term ‘agency’ has the same meaning as in
section 551 of title 5, United States Code; and
‘‘(3) the term ‘small entity compliance guide’
means a document designated and entitled as such by
an agency.
‘‘SEC. 212. COMPLIANCE GUIDES.
‘‘(a) COMPLIANCE GUIDE.—
‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For each rule or group of related
rules for which an agency is required to prepare a
final regulatory flexibility analysis under section
605(b) [probably should be ‘‘section 604’’] of title 5,
United States Code, the agency shall publish 1 or
more guides to assist small entities in complying
with the rule and shall entitle such publications
‘small entity compliance guides’.
‘‘(2) PUBLICATION
OF
GUIDES.—The publication of
each guide under this subsection shall include—
‘‘(A) the posting of the guide in an easily identi-
fied location on the website of the agency; and
‘‘(B) distribution of the guide to known industry
contacts, such as small entities, associations, or in-
dustry leaders affected by the rule.
‘‘(3) PUBLICATION
DATE.—An agency shall publish
each guide (including the posting and distribution of
the guide as described under paragraph (2))—
‘‘(A) on the same date as the date of publication
of the final rule (or as soon as possible after that
date); and
‘‘(B) not later than the date on which the require-
ments of that rule become effective.
‘‘(4) COMPLIANCE ACTIONS.—
‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Each guide shall explain the
actions a small entity is required to take to comply
with a rule.
‘‘(B) EXPLANATION.—The explanation under sub-
paragraph (A)—
‘‘(i) shall include a description of actions need-
ed to meet the requirements of a rule, to enable
a small entity to know when such requirements
are met; and
‘‘(ii) if determined appropriate by the agency,
may include a description of possible procedures,
such as conducting tests, that may assist a small
entity in meeting such requirements, except that,
compliance with any procedures described pursu-
ant to this section does not establish compliance
with the rule, or establish a presumption or infer-
ence of such compliance.
‘‘(C) PROCEDURES.—Procedures described under
subparagraph (B)(ii)—
‘‘(i) shall be suggestions to assist small entities;
and
‘‘(ii) shall not be additional requirements, or di-
minish requirements, relating to the rule.
‘‘(5) AGENCY PREPARATION OF GUIDES.—The agency
shall, in its sole discretion, taking into account the
subject matter of the rule and the language of rel-
evant statutes, ensure that the guide is written using
sufficiently plain language likely to be understood by
affected small entities. Agencies may prepare sepa-
rate guides covering groups or classes of similarly af-
fected small entities and may cooperate with associa-
tions of small entities to develop and distribute such
guides. An agency may prepare guides and apply this
section with respect to a rule or a group of related
rules.
‘‘(6) REPORTING.—Not later than 1 year after the
date of enactment of the Fair Minimum Wage Act of
2007 [May 25, 2007], and annually thereafter, the head
of each agency shall submit a report to the Com-
mittee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship of
the Senate, the Committee on Small Business of the
House of Representatives, and any other committee
of relevant jurisdiction describing the status of the
agency’s compliance with paragraphs (1) through (5).
‘‘(b) COMPREHENSIVE SOURCE OF INFORMATION.—Agen-
cies shall cooperate to make available to small entities
through comprehensive sources of information, the
small entity compliance guides and all other available
information on statutory and regulatory requirements
affecting small entities.
‘‘(c) LIMITATION
ON JUDICIAL REVIEW.—An agency’s
small entity compliance guide shall not be subject to
judicial review, except that in any civil or administra-
tive action against a small entity for a violation occur-
ring after the effective date of this section, the content
of the small entity compliance guide may be considered
as evidence of the reasonableness or appropriateness of
any proposed fines, penalties or damages.
‘‘SEC. 213. INFORMAL SMALL ENTITY GUIDANCE.
‘‘(a) GENERAL.—Whenever appropriate in the interest
of administering statutes and regulations within the
jurisdiction of an agency which regulates small enti-
ties, it shall be the practice of the agency to answer in-
quiries by small entities concerning information on,
and advice about, compliance with such statutes and
regulations, interpreting and applying the law to spe-
cific sets of facts supplied by the small entity. In any
civil or administrative action against a small entity,
guidance given by an agency applying the law to facts
provided by the small entity may be considered as evi-
dence of the reasonableness or appropriateness of any
proposed fines, penalties or damages sought against
such small entity.
‘‘(b) PROGRAM.—Each agency regulating the activities
of small entities shall establish a program for respond-
ing to such inquiries no later than 1 year after enact-
ment of this section [Mar. 29, 1996], utilizing existing
functions and personnel of the agency to the extent
practicable.
‘‘(c) REPORTING.—Each agency regulating the activi-
ties of small business shall report to the Committee on
Small Business [now Committee on Small Business and
Entrepreneurship] and Committee on Governmental Af-
fairs [now Committee on Homeland Security and Gov-
ernmental Affairs] of the Senate and the Committee on
Small Business and Committee on the Judiciary of the
House of Representatives no later than 2 years after
the date of the enactment of this section on the scope
of the agency’s program, the number of small entities
using the program, and the achievements of the pro-
gram to assist small entity compliance with agency
regulations.
‘‘SEC. 214. SERVICES OF SMALL BUSINESS DEVEL-
OPMENT CENTERS.
‘‘(a) [Amended section 648 of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade.]
‘‘(b) Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 1996
Amendment note, above] in any way affects or limits
the ability of other technical assistance or extension
programs to perform or continue to perform services
related to compliance assistance.
‘‘SEC. 215. COOPERATION ON GUIDANCE.
‘‘Agencies may, to the extent resources are available
and where appropriate, in cooperation with the States,
develop guides that fully integrate requirements of
both Federal and State regulations where regulations
within an agency’s area of interest at the Federal and
State levels impact small entities. Where regulations
vary among the States, separate guides may be created
for separate States in cooperation with State agencies.
Page 173
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
‘‘SEC. 216. EFFECTIVE DATE.
‘‘This subtitle and the amendments made by this sub-
title shall take effect on the expiration of 90 days after
the date of enactment of this subtitle [Mar. 29, 1996].
‘‘SUBTITLE B—REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT REFORMS
‘‘SEC. 221. DEFINITIONS.
‘‘For purposes of this subtitle—
‘‘(1) the terms ‘rule’ and ‘small entity’ have the
same meanings as in section 601 of title 5, United
States Code;
‘‘(2) the term ‘agency’ has the same meaning as in
section 551 of title 5, United States Code; and
‘‘(3) the term ‘small entity compliance guide’
means a document designated as such by an agency.
‘‘SEC. 222. SMALL BUSINESS AND AGRICULTURE
ENFORCEMENT OMBUDSMAN.
‘‘[Enacted section 657 of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade.]
‘‘SEC. 223. RIGHTS OF SMALL ENTITIES IN EN-
FORCEMENT ACTIONS.
‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—Each agency regulating the activi-
ties of small entities shall establish a policy or pro-
gram within 1 year of enactment of this section [Mar.
29, 1996] to provide for the reduction, and under appro-
priate circumstances for the waiver, of civil penalties
for violations of a statutory or regulatory requirement
by a small entity. Under appropriate circumstances, an
agency may consider ability to pay in determining pen-
alty assessments on small entities.
‘‘(b) CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS.—Subject to the re-
quirements or limitations of other statutes, policies or
programs established under this section shall contain
conditions or exclusions which may include, but shall
not be limited to—
‘‘(1) requiring the small entity to correct the viola-
tion within a reasonable correction period;
‘‘(2) limiting the applicability to violations discov-
ered through participation by the small entity in a
compliance assistance or audit program operated or
supported by the agency or a State;
‘‘(3) excluding small entities that have been subject
to multiple enforcement actions by the agency;
‘‘(4) excluding violations involving willful or crimi-
nal conduct;
‘‘(5) excluding violations that pose serious health,
safety or environmental threats; and
‘‘(6) requiring a good faith effort to comply with the
law.
‘‘(c) REPORTING.—Agencies shall report to the Com-
mittee on Small Business [now Committee on Small
Business and Entrepreneurship] and Committee on
Governmental Affairs [now Committee on Homeland
Security and Governmental Affairs] of the Senate and
the Committee on Small Business and Committee on
Judiciary of the House of Representatives no later than
2 years after the date of enactment of this section
[Mar. 29, 1996] on the scope of their program or policy,
the number of enforcement actions against small enti-
ties that qualified or failed to qualify for the program
or policy, and the total amount of penalty reductions
and waivers.
‘‘SEC. 224. EFFECTIVE DATE.
‘‘This subtitle and the amendments made by this sub-
title shall take effect on the expiration of 90 days after
the date of enactment of this subtitle [Mar. 29, 1996].’’
EFFECTS OF DEREGULATION ON RURAL AMERICA
Pub. L. 101–574, title III, § 309, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat.
2831, provided that:
‘‘(a) STUDY.—The Office of Technology Assessment
shall conduct a study of the effects of deregulation on
the economic vitality of rural areas. Such study shall
include, but not be limited to, a thorough analysis of
the impact of deregulation on—
‘‘(1) the number of loans made by financial institu-
tions to small businesses located in rural areas, a
change in the level of security interests required for
such loans, and the cost of such loans to rural small
businesses for creation and expansion;
‘‘(2) airline service in cities and towns with popu-
lations of 100,000 or less, including airline fare, the
number of flights available, number of seats avail-
able, scheduling of flights, continuity of service,
number of markets being served by large and small
airlines, availability of nonstop service, availability
of direct service, number of economic cancellations,
number of flight delays, the types of airplanes used,
and time delays;
‘‘(3) the availability and costs of bus, rail and
trucking transportation for businesses located in
rural areas;
‘‘(4) the availability and costs of state-of-the-art
telecommunications services to small businesses lo-
cated in rural areas, including voice telephone serv-
ice, private (not multiparty) telephone service, reli-
able facsimile document and data transmission, com-
petitive long distance carriers, cellular (mobile) tele-
phone service, multifrequency tone signaling services
such as touchtone services, custom-calling services
(including three-way calling, call forwarding, and call
waiting), voicemail services, and 911 emergency serv-
ices with automatic number identification;
‘‘(5) the availability and costs to rural schools, hos-
pitals, and other public facilities, of sending and re-
ceiving audio and visual signals in cases where such
ability will enhance the quality of services provided
to rural residents and businesses; and
‘‘(6) the availability and costs of services enumer-
ated in paragraphs (1) through (5) in urban areas com-
pared to rural areas.
‘‘(b) REPORT.—Not later than 12 months after the date
of enactment of this title [Nov. 15, 1990], the Office of
Technology Assessment shall transmit to Congress a
report on the results of the study conducted under sub-
section (a) together with its recommendations on how
to address the problems facing small businesses in rural
areas.’’
CONGRESSIONAL FINDINGS AND DECLARATION OF
PURPOSE
Pub. L. 96–354, § 2, Sept. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 1164, provided
that:
‘‘(a) The Congress finds and declares that—
‘‘(1) when adopting regulations to protect the
health, safety and economic welfare of the Nation,
Federal agencies should seek to achieve statutory
goals as effectively and efficiently as possible with-
out imposing unnecessary burdens on the public;
‘‘(2) laws and regulations designed for application
to large scale entities have been applied uniformly to
small businesses, small organizations, and small gov-
ernmental jurisdictions even though the problems
that gave rise to government action may not have
been caused by those smaller entities;
‘‘(3) uniform Federal regulatory and reporting re-
quirements have in numerous instances imposed un-
necessary and disproportionately burdensome de-
mands including legal, accounting and consulting
costs upon small businesses, small organizations, and
small governmental jurisdictions with limited re-
sources;
‘‘(4) the failure to recognize differences in the scale
and resources of regulated entities has in numerous
instances adversely affected competition in the mar-
ketplace, discouraged innovation and restricted im-
provements in productivity;
‘‘(5) unnecessary regulations create entry barriers
in many industries and discourage potential entre-
preneurs from introducing beneficial products and
processes;
‘‘(6) the practice of treating all regulated busi-
nesses, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions
as equivalent may lead to inefficient use of regu-
latory agency resources, enforcement problems, and,
in some cases, to actions inconsistent with the legis-
lative intent of health, safety, environmental and
economic welfare legislation;
Page 174
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
‘‘(7) alternative regulatory approaches which do not
conflict with the stated objectives of applicable stat-
utes may be available which minimize the significant
economic impact of rules on small businesses, small
organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions;
‘‘(8) the process by which Federal regulations are
developed and adopted should be reformed to require
agencies to solicit the ideas and comments of small
businesses, small organizations, and small govern-
mental jurisdictions to examine the impact of pro-
posed and existing rules on such entities, and to re-
view the continued need for existing rules.
‘‘(b) It is the purpose of this Act [enacting this chap-
ter] to establish as a principle of regulatory issuance
that agencies shall endeavor, consistent with the objec-
tives of the rule and of applicable statutes, to fit regu-
latory and informational requirements to the scale of
the businesses, organizations, and governmental juris-
dictions subject to regulation. To achieve this prin-
ciple, agencies are required to solicit and consider
flexible regulatory proposals and to explain the ration-
ale for their actions to assure that such proposals are
given serious consideration.’’
Executive Documents
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12291
Ex. Ord. No. 12291, Feb. 17, 1981, 46 F.R. 13193, which
established requirements for agencies to follow in pro-
mulgating regulations, reviewing existing regulations,
and developing legislative proposals concerning regula-
tion, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12866, § 11, Sept. 30,
1993, 58 F.R. 51735, set out below.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12498
Ex. Ord. No. 12498, Jan. 4, 1985, 50 F.R. 1036, which es-
tablished a regulatory planning process by which to de-
velop and publish a regulatory program for each year,
was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12866, § 11, Sept. 30, 1993, 58
F.R. 51735, set out below.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12606
Ex. Ord. No. 12606, Sept. 2, 1987, 52 F.R. 34188, which
provided criteria for executive departments and agen-
cies to follow in making policies and regulations to en-
sure consideration of effect of those policies and regu-
lations on autonomy and rights of the family, was re-
voked by Ex. Ord. No. 13045, § 7, Apr. 21, 1997, 62 F.R.
19888, set out as a note under section 4321 of Title 42,
The Public Health and Welfare.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12612
Ex. Ord. No. 12612, Oct. 26, 1987, 52 F.R. 41685, which
set out fundamental federalism principles and policy-
making criteria for executive departments and agen-
cies to follow in formulating and implementing policies
and limited the instances when executive departments
and agencies could construe a Federal statute to pre-
empt State law, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13132,
§ 10(b), Aug. 4, 1999, 64 F.R. 43259, set out below.
EX. ORD. NO. 12630. GOVERNMENTAL ACTIONS AND INTER-
FERENCE WITH CONSTITUTIONALLY PROTECTED PROP-
ERTY RIGHTS
Ex. Ord. No. 12630, Mar. 15, 1988, 53 F.R. 8859, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and laws of the United States of America,
and in order to ensure that government actions are un-
dertaken on a well-reasoned basis with due regard for
fiscal accountability, for the financial impact of the
obligations imposed on the Federal government by the
Just Compensation Clause of the Fifth Amendment,
and for the Constitution, it is hereby ordered as fol-
lows:
SECTION 1. Purpose. (a) The Fifth Amendment of the
United States Constitution provides that private prop-
erty shall not be taken for public use without just com-
pensation. Government historically has used the formal
exercise of the power of eminent domain, which pro-
vides orderly processes for paying just compensation,
to acquire private property for public use. Recent Su-
preme Court decisions, however, in reaffirming the fun-
damental protection of private property rights pro-
vided by the Fifth Amendment and in assessing the na-
ture of governmental actions that have an impact on
constitutionally protected property rights, have also
reaffirmed that governmental actions that do not for-
mally invoke the condemnation power, including regu-
lations, may result in a taking for which just com-
pensation is required.
(b) Responsible fiscal management and fundamental
principles of good government require that government
decision-makers evaluate carefully the effect of their
administrative, regulatory, and legislative actions on
constitutionally protected property rights. Executive
departments and agencies should review their actions
carefully to prevent unnecessary takings and should
account in decision-making for those takings that are
necessitated by statutory mandate.
(c) The purpose of this Order is to assist Federal de-
partments and agencies in undertaking such reviews
and in proposing, planning, and implementing actions
with due regard for the constitutional protections pro-
vided by the Fifth Amendment and to reduce the risk
of undue or inadvertent burdens on the public fisc re-
sulting from lawful governmental action. In further-
ance of the purpose of this Order, the Attorney General
shall, consistent with the principles stated herein and
in consultation with the Executive departments and
agencies, promulgate Guidelines for the Evaluation of
Risk and Avoidance of Unanticipated Takings to which
each Executive department or agency shall refer in
making the evaluations required by this Order or in
otherwise taking any action that is the subject of this
Order. The Guidelines shall be promulgated no later
than May 1, 1988, and shall be disseminated to all units
of each Executive department and agency no later than
July 1, 1988. The Attorney General shall, as necessary,
update these guidelines to reflect fundamental changes
in takings law occurring as a result of Supreme Court
decisions.
SEC. 2. Definitions. For the purpose of this Order: (a)
‘‘Policies that have takings implications’’ refers to
Federal regulations, proposed Federal regulations, pro-
posed Federal legislation, comments on proposed Fed-
eral legislation, or other Federal policy statements
that, if implemented or enacted, could effect a taking,
such as rules and regulations that propose or imple-
ment licensing, permitting, or other condition require-
ments or limitations on private property use, or that
require dedications or exactions from owners of private
property. ‘‘Policies that have takings implications’’
does not include:
(1) Actions abolishing regulations, discontinuing gov-
ernmental programs, or modifying regulations in a
manner that lessens interference with the use of pri-
vate property;
(2) Actions taken with respect to properties held in
trust by the United States or in preparation for or dur-
ing treaty negotiations with foreign nations;
(3) Law enforcement actions involving seizure, for
violations of law, of property for forfeiture or as evi-
dence in criminal proceedings;
(4) Studies or similar efforts or planning activities;
(5) Communications between Federal agencies or de-
partments and State or local land-use planning agen-
cies regarding planned or proposed State or local ac-
tions regulating private property regardless of whether
such communications are initiated by a Federal agency
or department or are undertaken in response to an invi-
tation by the State or local authority;
(6) The placement of military facilities or military
activities involving the use of Federal property alone;
or
(7) Any military or foreign affairs functions (includ-
ing procurement functions thereunder) but not includ-
ing the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers civil works pro-
gram.
Page 175
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(b) Private property refers to all property protected
by the Just Compensation Clause of the Fifth Amend-
ment.
(c) ‘‘Actions’’ refers to proposed Federal regulations,
proposed Federal legislation, comments on proposed
Federal legislation, applications of Federal regulations
to specific property, or Federal governmental actions
physically invading or occupying private property, or
other policy statements or actions related to Federal
regulation or direct physical invasion or occupancy,
but does not include:
(1) Actions in which the power of eminent domain is
formally exercised;
(2) Actions taken with respect to properties held in
trust by the United States or in preparation for or dur-
ing treaty negotiations with foreign nations;
(3) Law enforcement actions involving seizure, for
violations of law, of property for forfeiture or as evi-
dence in criminal proceedings;
(4) Studies or similar efforts or planning activities;
(5) Communications between Federal agencies or de-
partments and State or local land-use planning agen-
cies regarding planned or proposed State or local ac-
tions regulating private property regardless of whether
such communications are initiated by a Federal agency
or department or are undertaken in response to an invi-
tation by the State or local authority;
(6) The placement of military facilities or military
activities involving the use of Federal property alone;
or
(7) Any military or foreign affairs functions (includ-
ing procurement functions thereunder), but not includ-
ing the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers civil works pro-
gram.
SEC. 3. General Principles. In formulating or imple-
menting policies that have takings implications, each
Executive department and agency shall be guided by
the following general principles:
(a) Governmental officials should be sensitive to, an-
ticipate, and account for, the obligations imposed by
the Just Compensation Clause of the Fifth Amendment
in planning and carrying out governmental actions so
that they do not result in the imposition of unantici-
pated or undue additional burdens on the public fisc.
(b) Actions undertaken by governmental officials
that result in a physical invasion or occupancy of pri-
vate property, and regulations imposed on private prop-
erty that substantially affect its value or use, may con-
stitute a taking of property. Further, governmental ac-
tion may amount to a taking even though the action
results in less than a complete deprivation of all use or
value, or of all separate and distinct interests in the
same private property and even if the action consti-
tuting a taking is temporary in nature.
(c) Government officials whose actions are taken spe-
cifically for purposes of protecting public health and
safety are ordinarily given broader latitude by courts
before their actions are considered to be takings. How-
ever, the mere assertion of a public health and safety
purpose is insufficient to avoid a taking. Actions to
which this Order applies asserted to be for the protec-
tion of public health and safety, therefore, should be
undertaken only in response to real and substantial
threats to public health and safety, be designed to ad-
vance significantly the health and safety purpose, and
be no greater than is necessary to achieve the health
and safety purpose.
(d) While normal governmental processes do not ordi-
narily effect takings, undue delays in decision-making
during which private property use if interfered with
carry a risk of being held to be takings. Additionally,
a delay in processing may increase significantly the
size of compensation due if a taking is later found to
have occurred.
(e) The Just Compensation Clause is self-actuating,
requiring that compensation be paid whenever govern-
mental action results in a taking of private property
regardless of whether the underlying authority for the
action contemplated a taking or authorized the pay-
ment of compensation. Accordingly, governmental ac-
tions that may have a significant impact on the use or
value of private property should be scrutinized to avoid
undue or unplanned burdens on the public fisc.
SEC. 4. Department and Agency Action. In addition to
the fundamental principles set forth in Section 3, Exec-
utive departments and agencies shall adhere, to the ex-
tent permitted by law, to the following criteria when
implementing policies that have takings implications:
(a) When an Executive department or agency requires
a private party to obtain a permit in order to under-
take a specific use of, or action with respect to, private
property, any conditions imposed on the granting of a
permit shall:
(1) Serve the same purpose that would have been
served by a prohibition of the use or action; and
(2) Substantially advance that purpose.
(b) When a proposed action would place a restriction
on a use of private property, the restriction imposed on
the use shall not be disproportionate to the extent to
which the use contributes to the overall problem that
the restriction is imposed to redress.
(c) When a proposed action involves a permitting
process or any other decision-making process that will
interfere with, or otherwise prohibit, the use of private
property pending the completion of the process, the du-
ration of the process shall be kept to the minimum nec-
essary.
(d) Before undertaking any proposed action regu-
lating private property use for the protection of public
health or safety, the Executive department or agency
involved shall, in internal deliberative documents and
any submissions to the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget that are required:
(1) Identify clearly, with as much specificity as pos-
sible, the public health or safety risk created by the
private property use that is the subject of the proposed
action;
(2) Establish that such proposed action substantially
advances the purpose of protecting public health and
safety against the specifically identified risk;
(3) Establish to the extent possible that the restric-
tions imposed on the private property are not dis-
proportionate to the extent to which the use contrib-
utes to the overall risk; and
(4) Estimate, to the extent possible, the potential
cost to the government in the event that a court later
determines that the action constituted a taking.
In instances in which there is an immediate threat to
health and safety that constitutes an emergency re-
quiring immediate response, this analysis may be done
upon completion of the emergency action.
SEC. 5. Executive Department and Agency Implementa-
tion. (a) The head of each Executive department and
agency shall designate an official to be responsible for
ensuring compliance with this Order with respect to
the actions of the department or agency.
(b) Executive departments and agencies shall, to the
extent permitted by law, identify the takings implica-
tions of proposed regulatory actions and address the
merits of those actions in light of the identified
takings implications, if any, in all required submis-
sions made to the Office of Management and Budget.
Significant takings implications should also be identi-
fied and discussed in notices of proposed rule-making
and messages transmitting legislative proposals to the
Congress stating the departments’ and agencies’ con-
clusions on the takings issues.
(c) Executive departments and agencies shall identify
each existing Federal rule and regulation against which
a takings award has been made or against which a
takings claim is pending including the amount of each
claim or award. A ‘‘takings’’ award has been made or a
‘‘takings’’ claim pending if the award was made, or the
pending claim brought, pursuant to the Just Compensa-
tion Clause of the Fifth Amendment. An itemized com-
pilation of all such awards made in Fiscal Years 1985,
1986, and 1987 and all such pending claims shall be sub-
mitted to the Director, Office of Management and
Budget, on or before May 16, 1988.
(d) Each Executive department and agency shall sub-
mit annually to the Director, Office of Management
Page 176
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
and Budget, and to the Attorney General an itemized
compilation of all awards of just compensation entered
against the United States for takings, including awards
of interest as well as monies paid pursuant to the pro-
visions of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real
Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C.
4601.
(e)(1) The Director, Office of Management and Budg-
et, and the Attorney General shall each, to the extent
permitted by law, take action to ensure that the poli-
cies of the Executive departments and agencies are
consistent with the principles, criteria, and require-
ments stated in Sections 1 through 5 of this Order, and
the Office of Management and Budget shall take action
to ensure that all takings awards levied against agen-
cies are properly accounted for in agency budget sub-
missions.
(2) In addition to the guidelines required by Section
1 of this Order, the Attorney General shall, in consulta-
tion with each Executive department and agency to
which this Order applies, promulgate such supple-
mental guidelines as may be appropriate to the specific
obligations of that department or agency.
SEC. 6. Judicial Review. This Order is intended only to
improve the internal management of the Executive
branch and is not intended to create any right or ben-
efit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a
party against the United States, its agencies, its offi-
cers, or any person.
RONALD REAGAN.
EX. ORD. NO. 12861. ELIMINATION OF ONE-HALF OF
EXECUTIVE BRANCH INTERNAL REGULATIONS
Ex. Ord. No. 12861, Sept. 11, 1993, 58 F.R. 48255, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, including section 301 of title 3, United States
Code, and section 1111 of title 31, United States Code,
and to cut 50 percent of the executive branch’s internal
regulations in order to streamline and improve cus-
tomer service to the American people, it is hereby or-
dered as follows:
SECTION 1. Regulatory Reductions. Each executive de-
partment and agency shall undertake to eliminate not
less than 50 percent of its civilian internal manage-
ment regulations that are not required by law within 3
years of the effective date of this order. An agency in-
ternal management regulation, for the purposes of this
order, means an agency directive or regulation that
pertains to its organization, management, or personnel
matters. Reductions in agency internal management
regulations shall be concentrated in areas that will re-
sult in the greatest improvement in productivity,
streamlining of operations, and improvement in cus-
tomer service.
SEC. 2. Coverage. This order applies to all executive
branch departments and agencies.
SEC. 3. Implementation. The Director of the Office of
Management and Budget shall issue instructions re-
garding the implementation of this order, including ex-
emptions necessary for the delivery of essential serv-
ices and compliance with applicable law.
SEC. 4. Independent Agencies. All independent regu-
latory commissions and agencies are requested to com-
ply with the provisions of this order.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON.
EX. ORD. NO. 12866. REGULATORY PLANNING AND REVIEW
Ex. Ord. No. 12866, Sept. 30, 1993, 58 F.R. 51735, as
amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13258, Feb. 26, 2002, 67 F.R.
9385; Ex. Ord. No. 13422, Jan. 18, 2007, 72 F.R. 2763; Ex.
Ord. No. 13497, § 1, Jan. 30, 2009, 74 F.R. 6113; Ex. Ord. No.
14094, § 1(b), Apr. 6, 2023, 88 F.R. 21879, provided:
The American people deserve a regulatory system
that works for them, not against them: a regulatory
system that protects and improves their health, safety,
environment, and well-being and improves the perform-
ance of the economy without imposing unacceptable or
unreasonable costs on society; regulatory policies that
recognize that the private sector and private markets
are the best engine for economic growth; regulatory ap-
proaches that respect the role of State, local, and tribal
governments; and regulations that are effective, con-
sistent, sensible, and understandable. We do not have
such a regulatory system today.
With this Executive order, the Federal Government
begins a program to reform and make more efficient
the regulatory process. The objectives of this Executive
order are to enhance planning and coordination with
respect to both new and existing regulations; to reaf-
firm the primacy of Federal agencies in the regulatory
decision-making process; to restore the integrity and
legitimacy of regulatory review and oversight; and to
make the process more accessible and open to the pub-
lic. In pursuing these objectives, the regulatory process
shall be conducted so as to meet applicable statutory
requirements and with due regard to the discretion
that has been entrusted to the Federal agencies.
Accordingly, by the authority vested in me as Presi-
dent by the Constitution and the laws of the United
States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Statement of Regulatory Philosophy and
Principles.
(a) The Regulatory Philosophy. Federal agencies
should promulgate only such regulations as are re-
quired by law, are necessary to interpret the law, or are
made necessary by compelling public need, such as ma-
terial failures of private markets to protect or improve
the health and safety of the public, the environment, or
the well-being of the American people. In deciding
whether and how to regulate, agencies should assess all
costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives,
including the alternative of not regulating. Costs and
benefits shall be understood to include both quantifi-
able measures (to the fullest extent that these can be
usefully estimated) and qualitative measures of costs
and benefits that are difficult to quantify, but never-
theless essential to consider. Further, in choosing
among alternative regulatory approaches, agencies
should select those approaches that maximize net bene-
fits (including potential economic, environmental, pub-
lic health and safety, and other advantages; distribu-
tive impacts; and equity), unless a statute requires an-
other regulatory approach.
(b) The Principles of Regulation. To ensure that the
agencies’ regulatory programs are consistent with the
philosophy set forth above, agencies should adhere to
the following principles, to the extent permitted by law
and where applicable:
(1) Each agency shall identify the problem that it
intends to address (including, where applicable, the
failures of private markets or public institutions that
warrant new agency action) as well as assess the sig-
nificance of that problem.
(2) Each agency shall examine whether existing reg-
ulations (or other law) have created, or contributed
to, the problem that a new regulation is intended to
correct and whether those regulations (or other law)
should be modified to achieve the intended goal of
regulation more effectively.
(3) Each agency shall identify and assess available
alternatives to direct regulation, including providing
economic incentives to encourage the desired behav-
ior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or pro-
viding information upon which choices can be made
by the public.
(4) In setting regulatory priorities, each agency
shall consider, to the extent reasonable, the degree
and nature of the risks posed by various substances
or activities within its jurisdiction.
(5) When an agency determines that a regulation is
the best available method of achieving the regulatory
objective, it shall design its regulations in the most
cost-effective manner to achieve the regulatory ob-
jective. In doing so, each agency shall consider incen-
tives for innovation, consistency, predictability, the
costs of enforcement and compliance (to the govern-
ment, regulated entities, and the public), flexibility,
distributive impacts, and equity.
Page 177
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(6) Each agency shall assess both the costs and the
benefits of the intended regulation and, recognizing
that some costs and benefits are difficult to quantify,
propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned
determination that the benefits of the intended regu-
lation justify its costs.
(7) Each agency shall base its decisions on the best
reasonably obtainable scientific, technical, economic,
and other information concerning the need for, and
consequences of, the intended regulation.
(8) Each agency shall identify and assess alter-
native forms of regulation and shall, to the extent
feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than
specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that
regulated entities must adopt.
(9) Wherever feasible, agencies shall seek views of
appropriate State, local, and tribal officials before
imposing regulatory requirements that might signifi-
cantly or uniquely affect those governmental enti-
ties. Each agency shall assess the effects of Federal
regulations on State, local, and tribal governments,
including specifically the availability of resources to
carry out those mandates, and seek to minimize
those burdens that uniquely or significantly affect
such governmental entities, consistent with achiev-
ing regulatory objectives. In addition, as appropriate,
agencies shall seek to harmonize Federal regulatory
actions with related State, local, and tribal regu-
latory and other governmental functions.
(10) Each agency shall avoid regulations that are
inconsistent, incompatible, or duplicative with its
other regulations or those of other Federal agencies.
(11) Each agency shall tailor its regulations to im-
pose the least burden on society, including individ-
uals, businesses of differing sizes, and other entities
(including small communities and governmental enti-
ties), consistent with obtaining the regulatory objec-
tives, taking into account, among other things, and
to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative
regulations.
(12) Each agency shall draft its regulations to be
simple and easy to understand, with the goal of mini-
mizing the potential for uncertainty and litigation
arising from such uncertainty.
SEC. 2. Organization. An efficient regulatory planning
and review process is vital to ensure that the Federal
Government’s regulatory system best serves the Amer-
ican people.
(a) The Agencies. Because Federal agencies are the re-
positories of significant substantive expertise and expe-
rience, they are responsible for developing regulations
and assuring that the regulations are consistent with
applicable law, the President’s priorities, and the prin-
ciples set forth in this Executive order.
(b) The Office of Management and Budget. Coordinated
review of agency rulemaking is necessary to ensure
that regulations are consistent with applicable law, the
President’s priorities, and the principles set forth in
this Executive order, and that decisions made by one
agency do not conflict with the policies or actions
taken or planned by another agency. The Office of Man-
agement and Budget (OMB) shall carry out that review
function. Within OMB, the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) is the repository of expertise
concerning regulatory issues, including methodologies
and procedures that affect more than one agency, this
Executive order, and the President’s regulatory poli-
cies. To the extent permitted by law, OMB shall pro-
vide guidance to agencies and assist the President, the
Vice President, and other regulatory policy advisors to
the President in regulatory planning and shall be the
entity that reviews individual regulations, as provided
by this Executive order.
(c) The Vice President. The Vice President is the prin-
cipal advisor to the President on, and shall coordinate
the development and presentation of recommendations
concerning, regulatory policy, planning, and review, as
set forth in this Executive order. In fulfilling their re-
sponsibilities under this Executive order, the President
and the Vice President shall be assisted by the regu-
latory policy advisors within the Executive Office of
the President and by such agency officials and per-
sonnel as the President and the Vice President may,
from time to time, consult.
SEC. 3. Definitions. For purposes of this Executive
order: (a) ‘‘Advisors’’ refers to such regulatory policy
advisors to the President as the President and Vice
President may from time to time consult, including,
among others: (1) the Director of OMB; (2) the Chair (or
another member) of the Council of Economic Advisers;
(3) the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy;
(4) the Assistant to the President for Domestic Policy;
(5) the Assistant to the President for National Security
Affairs; (6) the Assistant to the President for Science
and Technology; (7) the Assistant to the President for
Intergovernmental Affairs; (8) the Assistant to the
President and Staff Secretary; (9) the Assistant to the
President and Chief of Staff to the Vice President; (10)
the Assistant to the President and Counsel to the
President; (11) the Deputy Assistant to the President
and Director of the White House Office on Environ-
mental Policy; and (12) the Administrator of OIRA, who
also shall coordinate communications relating to this
Executive order among the agencies, OMB, the other
Advisors, and the Office of the Vice President.
(b) ‘‘Agency,’’ unless otherwise indicated, means any
authority of the United States that is an ‘‘agency’’
under 44 U.S.C. 3502(1), other than those considered to
be independent regulatory agencies, as defined in 44
U.S.C. 3502(10).
(c) ‘‘Director’’ means the Director of OMB.
(d) ‘‘Regulation’’ or ‘‘rule’’ means an agency state-
ment of general applicability and future effect, which
the agency intends to have the force and effect of law,
that is designed to implement, interpret, or prescribe
law or policy or to describe the procedure or practice
requirements of an agency. It does not, however, in-
clude:
(1) Regulations or rules issued in accordance with
the formal rulemaking provisions of 5 U.S.C. 556, 557;
(2) Regulations or rules that pertain to a military
or foreign affairs function of the United States, other
than procurement regulations and regulations involv-
ing the import or export of non-defense articles and
services;
(3) Regulations or rules that are limited to agency
organization, management, or personnel matters; or
(4) Any other category of regulations exempted by
the Administrator of OIRA.
(e) ‘‘Regulatory action’’ means any substantive ac-
tion by an agency (normally published in the Federal
Register) that promulgates or is expected to lead to the
promulgation of a final rule or regulation, including
notices of inquiry, advance notices of proposed rule-
making, and notices of proposed rulemaking.
(f) ‘‘Significant regulatory action’’ means any regu-
latory action that is likely to result in a rule that may:
(1) have an annual effect on the economy of $200 mil-
lion or more (adjusted every 3 years by the Adminis-
trator of OIRA for changes in gross domestic product);
or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a
sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs,
the environment, public health or safety, or State,
local, territorial, or tribal governments or commu-
nities;
(2) create a serious inconsistency or otherwise inter-
fere with an action taken or planned by another agen-
cy;
(3) materially alter the budgetary impact of entitle-
ments, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights
and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) raise legal or policy issues for which centralized
review would meaningfully further the President’s pri-
orities or the principles set forth in this Executive
order, as specifically authorized in a timely manner by
the Administrator of OIRA in each case.
SEC. 4. Planning Mechanism. In order to have an effec-
tive regulatory program, to provide for coordination of
regulations, to maximize consultation and the resolu-
tion of potential conflicts at an early stage, to involve
Page 178
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
the public and its State, local, and tribal officials in
regulatory planning, and to ensure that new or revised
regulations promote the President’s priorities and the
principles set forth in this Executive order, these pro-
cedures shall be followed, to the extent permitted by
law: (a) Agencies’ Policy Meeting. Early in each year’s
planning cycle, the Vice President shall convene a
meeting of the Advisors and the heads of agencies to
seek a common understanding of priorities and to co-
ordinate regulatory efforts to be accomplished in the
upcoming year.
(b) Unified Regulatory Agenda. For purposes of this
subsection, the term ‘‘agency’’ or ‘‘agencies’’ shall also
include those considered to be independent regulatory
agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(10). Each agency
shall prepare an agenda of all regulations under devel-
opment or review, at a time and in a manner specified
by the Administrator of OIRA. The description of each
regulatory action shall contain, at a minimum, a regu-
lation identifier number, a brief summary of the ac-
tion, the legal authority for the action, any legal dead-
line for the action, and the name and telephone number
of a knowledgeable agency official. Agencies may in-
corporate the information required under 5 U.S.C. 602
and [former] 41 U.S.C. 402 into these agendas.
(c) The Regulatory Plan. For purposes of this sub-
section, the term ‘‘agency’’ or ‘‘agencies’’ shall also in-
clude those considered to be independent regulatory
agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(10). (1) As part of
the Unified Regulatory Agenda, beginning in 1994, each
agency shall prepare a Regulatory Plan (Plan) of the
most important significant regulatory actions that the
agency reasonably expects to issue in proposed or final
form in that fiscal year or thereafter. The Plan shall be
approved personally by the agency head and shall con-
tain at a minimum:
(A) A statement of the agency’s regulatory objec-
tives and priorities and how they relate to the Presi-
dent’s priorities;
(B) A summary of each planned significant regu-
latory action including, to the extent possible, alter-
natives to be considered and preliminary estimates of
the anticipated costs and benefits;
(C) A summary of the legal basis for each such ac-
tion, including whether any aspect of the action is re-
quired by statute or court order;
(D) A statement of the need for each such action
and, if applicable, how the action will reduce risks to
public health, safety, or the environment, as well as
how the magnitude of the risk addressed by the ac-
tion relates to other risks within the jurisdiction of
the agency;
(E) The agency’s schedule for action, including a
statement of any applicable statutory or judicial
deadlines; and
(F) The name, address, and telephone number of a
person the public may contact for additional infor-
mation about the planned regulatory action.
(2) Each agency shall forward its Plan to OIRA by
June 1st of each year.
(3) Within 10 calendar days after OIRA has received
an agency’s Plan, OIRA shall circulate it to other af-
fected agencies, the Advisors, and the Vice President.
(4) An agency head who believes that a planned regu-
latory action of another agency may conflict with its
own policy or action taken or planned shall promptly
notify, in writing, the Administrator of OIRA, who
shall forward that communication to the issuing agen-
cy, the Advisors, and the Vice President.
(5) If the Administrator of OIRA believes that a
planned regulatory action of an agency may be incon-
sistent with the President’s priorities or the principles
set forth in this Executive order or may be in conflict
with any policy or action taken or planned by another
agency, the Administrator of OIRA shall promptly no-
tify, in writing, the affected agencies, the Advisors, and
the Vice President.
(6) The Vice President, with the Advisors’ assistance,
may consult with the heads of agencies with respect to
their Plans and, in appropriate instances, request fur-
ther consideration or inter-agency coordination.
(7) The Plans developed by the issuing agency shall be
published annually in the October publication of the
Unified Regulatory Agenda. This publication shall be
made available to the Congress; State, local, and tribal
governments; and the public. Any views on any aspect
of any agency Plan, including whether any planned reg-
ulatory action might conflict with any other planned
or existing regulation, impose any unintended con-
sequences on the public, or confer any unclaimed bene-
fits on the public, should be directed to the issuing
agency, with a copy to OIRA.
(d) Regulatory Working Group. Within 30 days of the
date of this Executive order, the Administrator of
OIRA shall convene a Regulatory Working Group
(‘‘Working Group’’), which shall consist of representa-
tives of the heads of each agency that the Adminis-
trator determines to have significant domestic regu-
latory responsibility, the Advisors, and the Vice Presi-
dent. The Administrator of OIRA shall chair the Work-
ing Group and shall periodically advise the Vice Presi-
dent on the activities of the Working Group. The Work-
ing Group shall serve as a forum to assist agencies in
identifying and analyzing important regulatory issues
(including, among others (1) the development of inno-
vative regulatory techniques, (2) the methods, efficacy,
and utility of comparative risk assessment in regu-
latory decision-making, and (3) the development of
short forms and other streamlined regulatory ap-
proaches for small businesses and other entities). The
Working Group shall meet at least quarterly and may
meet as a whole or in subgroups of agencies with an in-
terest in particular issues or subject areas. To inform
its discussions, the Working Group may commission
analytical studies and reports by OIRA, the Adminis-
trative Conference of the United States, or any other
agency.
(e) Conferences. The Administrator of OIRA shall
meet quarterly with representatives of State, local, and
tribal governments to identify both existing and pro-
posed regulations that may uniquely or significantly
affect those governmental entities. The Administrator
of OIRA shall also convene, from time to time, con-
ferences with representatives of businesses, nongovern-
mental organizations, and the public to discuss regu-
latory issues of common concern.
SEC. 5. Existing Regulations. In order to reduce the
regulatory burden on the American people, their fami-
lies, their communities, their State, local, and tribal
governments, and their industries; to determine wheth-
er regulations promulgated by the executive branch of
the Federal Government have become unjustified or
unnecessary as a result of changed circumstances; to
confirm that regulations are both compatible with each
other and not duplicative or inappropriately burden-
some in the aggregate; to ensure that all regulations
are consistent with the President’s priorities and the
principles set forth in this Executive order, within ap-
plicable law; and to otherwise improve the effective-
ness of existing regulations: (a) Within 90 days of the
date of this Executive order, each agency shall submit
to OIRA a program, consistent with its resources and
regulatory priorities, under which the agency will peri-
odically review its existing significant regulations to
determine whether any such regulations should be
modified or eliminated so as to make the agency’s reg-
ulatory program more effective in achieving the regu-
latory objectives, less burdensome, or in greater align-
ment with the President’s priorities and the principles
set forth in this Executive order. Any significant regu-
lations selected for review shall be included in the
agency’s annual Plan. The agency shall also identify
any legislative mandates that require the agency to
promulgate or continue to impose regulations that the
agency believes are unnecessary or outdated by reason
of changed circumstances.
(b) The Administrator of OIRA shall work with the
Regulatory Working Group and other interested enti-
ties to pursue the objectives of this section. State,
local, and tribal governments are specifically encour-
aged to assist in the identification of regulations that
Page 179
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
impose significant or unique burdens on those govern-
mental entities and that appear to have outlived their
justification or be otherwise inconsistent with the pub-
lic interest.
(c) The Vice President, in consultation with the Advi-
sors, may identify for review by the appropriate agency
or agencies other existing regulations of an agency or
groups of regulations of more than one agency that af-
fect a particular group, industry, or sector of the econ-
omy, or may identify legislative mandates that may be
appropriate for reconsideration by the Congress.
SEC. 6. Centralized Review of Regulations. The guide-
lines set forth below shall apply to all regulatory ac-
tions, for both new and existing regulations, by agen-
cies other than those agencies specifically exempted by
the Administrator of OIRA:
(a) Agency Responsibilities. (1) Each agency shall (con-
sistent with its own rules, regulations, or procedures)
provide the public with meaningful participation in the
regulatory process. In particular, before issuing a no-
tice of proposed rulemaking, each agency should, where
appropriate, seek the involvement of those who are in-
tended to benefit from and those expected to be bur-
dened by any regulation (including, specifically, State,
local, and tribal officials). In addition, each agency
should afford the public a meaningful opportunity to
comment on any proposed regulation, which in most
cases should include a comment period of not less than
60 days. Each agency also is directed to explore and,
where appropriate, use consensual mechanisms for de-
veloping regulations, including negotiated rulemaking.
(2) Within 60 days of the date of this Executive order,
each agency head shall designate a Regulatory Policy
Officer who shall report to the agency head. The Regu-
latory Policy Officer shall be involved at each stage of
the regulatory process to foster the development of ef-
fective, innovative, and least burdensome regulations
and to further the principles set forth in this Executive
order.
(3) In addition to adhering to its own rules and proce-
dures and to the requirements of the Administrative
Procedure Act [see Short Title note preceding section
551 of this title], the Regulatory Flexibility Act [5
U.S.C. 601 et seq.], the Paperwork Reduction Act [44
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.], and other applicable law, each
agency shall develop its regulatory actions in a timely
fashion and adhere to the following procedures with re-
spect to a regulatory action:
(A) Each agency shall provide OIRA, at such times
and in the manner specified by the Administrator of
OIRA, with a list of its planned regulatory actions,
indicating those which the agency believes are sig-
nificant regulatory actions within the meaning of
this Executive order. Absent a material change in the
development of the planned regulatory action, those
not designated as significant will not be subject to re-
view under this section unless, within 10 working
days of receipt of the list, the Administrator of OIRA
notifies the agency that OIRA has determined that a
planned regulation is a significant regulatory action
within the meaning of this Executive order. The Ad-
ministrator of OIRA may waive review of any
planned regulatory action designated by the agency
as significant, in which case the agency need not fur-
ther comply with subsection (a)(3)(B) or subsection
(a)(3)(C) of this section.
(B) For each matter identified as, or determined by
the Administrator of OIRA to be, a significant regu-
latory action, the issuing agency shall provide to
OIRA:
(i) The text of the draft regulatory action, to-
gether with a reasonably detailed description of the
need for the regulatory action and an explanation
of how the regulatory action will meet that need;
and
(ii) An assessment of the potential costs and ben-
efits of the regulatory action, including an expla-
nation of the manner in which the regulatory ac-
tion is consistent with a statutory mandate and, to
the extent permitted by law, promotes the Presi-
dent’s priorities and avoids undue interference with
State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise
of their governmental functions.
(C) For those matters identified as, or determined
by the Administrator of OIRA to be, a significant reg-
ulatory action within the scope of section 3(f)(1), the
agency shall also provide to OIRA the following addi-
tional information developed as part of the agency’s
decision-making process (unless prohibited by law):
(i) An assessment, including the underlying anal-
ysis, of benefits anticipated from the regulatory ac-
tion (such as, but not limited to, the promotion of
the efficient functioning of the economy and pri-
vate markets, the enhancement of health and safe-
ty, the protection of the natural environment, and
the elimination or reduction of discrimination or
bias) together with, to the extent feasible, a quan-
tification of those benefits;
(ii) An assessment, including the underlying anal-
ysis, of costs anticipated from the regulatory ac-
tion (such as, but not limited to, the direct cost
both to the government in administering the regu-
lation and to businesses and others in complying
with the regulation, and any adverse effects on the
efficient functioning of the economy, private mar-
kets (including productivity, employment, and
competitiveness), health, safety, and the natural
environment), together with, to the extent feasible,
a quantification of those costs; and
(iii) An assessment, including the underlying
analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effec-
tive and reasonably feasible alternatives to the
planned regulation, identified by the agencies or
the public (including improving the current regula-
tion and reasonably viable nonregulatory actions),
and an explanation why the planned regulatory ac-
tion is preferable to the identified potential alter-
natives.
(D) In emergency situations or when an agency is
obligated by law to act more quickly than normal re-
view procedures allow, the agency shall notify OIRA
as soon as possible and, to the extent practicable,
comply with subsections (a)(3)(B) and (C) of this sec-
tion. For those regulatory actions that are governed
by a statutory or court-imposed deadline, the agency
shall, to the extent practicable, schedule rulemaking
proceedings so as to permit sufficient time for OIRA
to conduct its review, as set forth below in subsection
(b)(2) through (4) of this section.
(E) After the regulatory action has been published
in the Federal Register or otherwise issued to the
public, the agency shall:
(i) Make available to the public the information
set forth in subsections (a)(3)(B) and (C);
(ii) Identify for the public, in a complete, clear,
and simple manner, the substantive changes be-
tween the draft submitted to OIRA for review and
the action subsequently announced; and
(iii) Identify for the public those changes in the
regulatory action that were made at the suggestion
or recommendation of OIRA.
(F) All information provided to the public by the
agency shall be in plain, understandable language.
(b) OIRA Responsibilities. The Administrator of OIRA
shall provide meaningful guidance and oversight so
that each agency’s regulatory actions are consistent
with applicable law, the President’s priorities, and the
principles set forth in this Executive order and do not
conflict with the policies or actions of another agency.
OIRA shall, to the extent permitted by law, adhere to
the following guidelines:
(1) OIRA may review only actions identified by the
agency or by OIRA as significant regulatory actions
under subsection (a)(3)(A) of this section.
(2) OIRA shall waive review or notify the agency in
writing of the results of its review within the fol-
lowing time periods:
(A) For any notices of inquiry, advance notices of
proposed rulemaking, or other preliminary regu-
latory actions prior to a Notice of Proposed Rule-
Page 180
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
making, within 10 working days after the date of
submission of the draft action to OIRA;
(B) For all other regulatory actions, within 90
calendar days after the date of submission of the in-
formation set forth in subsections (a)(3)(B) and (C)
of this section, unless OIRA has previously re-
viewed this information and, since that review,
there has been no material change in the facts and
circumstances upon which the regulatory action is
based, in which case, OIRA shall complete its re-
view within 45 days; and
(C) The review process may be extended (1) once
by no more than 30 calendar days upon the written
approval of the Director and (2) at the request of
the agency head.
(3) For each regulatory action that the Adminis-
trator of OIRA returns to an agency for further con-
sideration of some or all of its provisions, the Admin-
istrator of OIRA shall provide the issuing agency a
written explanation for such return, setting forth the
pertinent provision of this Executive order on which
OIRA is relying. If the agency head disagrees with
some or all of the bases for the return, the agency
head shall so inform the Administrator of OIRA in
writing.
(4) Except as otherwise provided by law or required
by a Court, in order to ensure greater openness, ac-
cessibility, and accountability in the regulatory re-
view process, OIRA shall be governed by the following
disclosure requirements:
(A) Only the Administrator of OIRA (or a par-
ticular designee) shall receive oral communications
initiated by persons not employed by the executive
branch of the Federal Government regarding the
substance of a regulatory action under OIRA re-
view;
(B) All substantive communications between
OIRA personnel and persons not employed by the
executive branch of the Federal Government re-
garding a regulatory action under review shall be
governed by the following guidelines: (i) A rep-
resentative from the issuing agency shall be invited
to any meeting between OIRA personnel and such
person(s);
(ii) OIRA shall forward to the issuing agency,
within 10 working days of receipt of the commu-
nication(s), all written communications, regardless
of format, between OIRA personnel and any person
who is not employed by the executive branch of the
Federal Government, and the dates and names of
individuals involved in all substantive oral commu-
nications (including meetings to which an agency
representative was invited, but did not attend, and
telephone conversations between OIRA personnel
and any such persons); and
(iii) OIRA shall publicly disclose relevant infor-
mation about such communication(s), as set forth
below in subsection (b)(4)(C) of this section.
(C) OIRA shall maintain a publicly available log
that shall contain, at a minimum, the following in-
formation pertinent to regulatory actions under re-
view:
(i) The status of all regulatory actions, includ-
ing if (and if so, when and by whom) Vice Presi-
dential and Presidential consideration was re-
quested;
(ii) A notation of all written communications
forwarded to an issuing agency under subsection
(b)(4)(B)(ii) of this section; and
(iii) The dates and names of individuals in-
volved in all substantive oral communications,
including meetings and telephone conversations,
between OIRA personnel and any person not em-
ployed by the executive branch of the Federal
Government, and the subject matter discussed
during such communications.
(D) After the regulatory action has been pub-
lished in the Federal Register or otherwise issued
to the public, or after the agency has announced its
decision not to publish or issue the regulatory ac-
tion, OIRA shall make available to the public all
documents exchanged between OIRA and the agen-
cy during the review by OIRA under this section.
(5) All information provided to the public by OIRA
shall be in plain, understandable language.
SEC. 7. Resolution of Conflicts. To the extent permitted
by law, disagreements or conflicts between or among
agency heads or between OMB and any agency that
cannot be resolved by the Administrator of OIRA shall
be resolved by the President, or by the Vice President
acting at the request of the President, with the rel-
evant agency head (and, as appropriate, other inter-
ested government officials). Vice Presidential and Pres-
idential consideration of such disagreements may be
initiated only by the Director, by the head of the
issuing agency, or by the head of an agency that has a
significant interest in the regulatory action at issue.
Such review will not be undertaken at the request of
other persons, entities, or their agents.
Resolution of such conflicts shall be informed by rec-
ommendations developed by the Vice President, after
consultation with the Advisors (and other executive
branch officials or personnel whose responsibilities to
the President include the subject matter at issue). The
development of these recommendations shall be con-
cluded within 60 days after review has been requested.
During the Vice Presidential and Presidential review
period, communications with any person not employed
by the Federal Government relating to the substance of
the regulatory action under review and directed to the
Advisors or their staffs or to the staff of the Vice Presi-
dent shall be in writing and shall be forwarded by the
recipient to the affected agency(ies) for inclusion in the
public docket(s). When the communication is not in
writing, such Advisors or staff members shall inform
the outside party that the matter is under review and
that any comments should be submitted in writing.
At the end of this review process, the President, or
the Vice President acting at the request of the Presi-
dent, shall notify the affected agency and the Adminis-
trator of OIRA of the President’s decision with respect
to the matter.
SEC. 8. Publication. Except to the extent required by
law, an agency shall not publish in the Federal Reg-
ister or otherwise issue to the public any regulatory ac-
tion that is subject to review under section 6 of this Ex-
ecutive order until (1) the Administrator of OIRA noti-
fies the agency that OIRA has waived its review of the
action or has completed its review without any re-
quests for further consideration, or (2) the applicable
time period in section 6(b)(2) expires without OIRA hav-
ing notified the agency that it is returning the regu-
latory action for further consideration under section
6(b)(3), whichever occurs first. If the terms of the pre-
ceding sentence have not been satisfied and an agency
wants to publish or otherwise issue a regulatory action,
the head of that agency may request Presidential con-
sideration through the Vice President, as provided
under section 7 of this order. Upon receipt of this re-
quest, the Vice President shall notify OIRA and the Ad-
visors. The guidelines and time period set forth in sec-
tion 7 shall apply to the publication of regulatory ac-
tions for which Presidential consideration has been
sought.
SEC. 9. Agency Authority. Nothing in this order shall
be construed as displacing the agencies’ authority or
responsibilities, as authorized by law.
SEC. 10. Judicial Review. Nothing in this Executive
order shall affect any otherwise available judicial re-
view of agency action. This Executive order is intended
only to improve the internal management of the Fed-
eral Government and does not create any right or ben-
efit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or
equity by a party against the United States, its agen-
cies or instrumentalities, its officers or employees, or
any other person.
SEC. 11. Revocations. Executive Orders Nos. 12291 and
12498; all amendments to those Executive orders; all
guidelines issued under those orders; and any exemp-
tions from those orders heretofore granted for any cat-
egory of rule are revoked.
Page 181
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
[Section 1 of Ex. Ord. No. 13497, which revoked Ex.
Ords. 13258 and 13422, was executed by undoing the
amendments by those Ex. Ords. to Ex. Ord. 12866, set
out above.]
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12875
Ex. Ord. No. 12875, Oct. 26, 1993, 58 F.R. 58093, which
provided for the reduction of unfunded mandates on
State, local, or tribal governments and increased flexi-
bility for State and local waivers of statutory or regu-
latory requirements, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13132,
§ 10(b), Aug. 4, 1999, 64 F.R. 43259, set out below.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13083
Ex. Ord. No. 13083, May 14, 1998, 63 F.R. 27651, which
listed fundamental federalism principles and federalism
policymaking criteria to guide agencies in formulating
and implementing policies and required agencies to
have a process to permit State and local governments
to provide input into the development of regulatory
policies that have federalism implications and to
streamline the State and local government waiver
process, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13132, § 10(b), Aug.
4, 1999, 64 F.R. 43259, set out below.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13095
Ex. Ord. No. 13095, Aug. 5, 1998, 63 F.R. 42565, which
suspended Ex. Ord. No. 13083, was revoked by Ex. Ord.
No. 13132, § 10(b), Aug. 4, 1999, 64 F.R. 43259, set out
below.
EX. ORD. NO. 13107. IMPLEMENTATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS
TREATIES
Ex. Ord. No. 13107, Dec. 10, 1998, 63 F.R. 68991, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and bearing in mind the obligations of the
United States pursuant to the International Covenant
on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR), the Convention
Against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrad-
ing Treatment or Punishment (CAT), the Convention
on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimina-
tion (CERD), and other relevant treaties concerned
with the protection and promotion of human rights to
which the United States is now or may become a party
in the future, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Implementation of Human Rights Obligations.
(a) It shall be the policy and practice of the Govern-
ment of the United States, being committed to the pro-
tection and promotion of human rights and funda-
mental freedoms, fully to respect and implement its ob-
ligations under the international human rights treaties
to which it is a party, including the ICCPR, the CAT,
and the CERD.
(b) It shall also be the policy and practice of the Gov-
ernment of the United States to promote respect for
international human rights, both in our relationships
with all other countries and by working with and
strengthening the various international mechanisms
for the promotion of human rights, including, inter alia,
those of the United Nations, the International Labor
Organization, and the Organization of American States.
SEC. 2. Responsibility of Executive Departments and
Agencies. (a) All executive departments and agencies (as
defined in 5 U.S.C. 101–105, including boards and com-
missions, and hereinafter referred to collectively as
‘‘agency’’ or ‘‘agencies’’) shall maintain a current
awareness of United States international human rights
obligations that are relevant to their functions and
shall perform such functions so as to respect and imple-
ment those obligations fully. The head of each agency
shall designate a single contact officer who will be re-
sponsible for overall coordination of the implementa-
tion of this order. Under this order, all such agencies
shall retain their established institutional roles in the
implementation, interpretation, and enforcement of
Federal law and policy.
(b) The heads of agencies shall have lead responsi-
bility, in coordination with other appropriate agencies,
for questions concerning implementation of human
rights obligations that fall within their respective op-
erating and program responsibilities and authorities or,
to the extent that matters do not fall within the oper-
ating and program responsibilities and authorities of
any agency, that most closely relate to their general
areas of concern.
SEC. 3. Human Rights Inquiries and Complaints. Each
agency shall take lead responsibility, in coordination
with other appropriate agencies, for responding to in-
quiries, requests for information, and complaints about
violations of human rights obligations that fall within
its areas of responsibility or, if the matter does not fall
within its areas of responsibility, referring it to the ap-
propriate agency for response.
SEC. 4. Interagency Working Group on Human Rights
Treaties. (a) There is hereby established an Interagency
Working Group on Human Rights Treaties for the pur-
pose of providing guidance, oversight, and coordination
with respect to questions concerning the adherence to
and implementation of human rights obligations and
related matters.
(b) The designee of the Assistant to the President for
National Security Affairs shall chair the Interagency
Working Group, which shall consist of appropriate pol-
icy and legal representatives at the Assistant Sec-
retary level from the Department of State, the Depart-
ment of Justice, the Department of Labor, the Depart-
ment of Defense, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and other
agencies as the chair deems appropriate. The principal
members may designate alternates to attend meetings
in their stead.
(c) The principal functions of the Interagency Work-
ing Group shall include:
(i) coordinating the interagency review of any signifi-
cant issues concerning the implementation of this
order and analysis and recommendations in connection
with pursuing the ratification of human rights treaties,
as such questions may from time to time arise;
(ii) coordinating the preparation of reports that are
to be submitted by the United States in fulfillment of
treaty obligations;
(iii) coordinating the responses of the United States
Government to complaints against it concerning al-
leged human rights violations submitted to the United
Nations, the Organization of American States, and
other international organizations;
(iv) developing effective mechanisms to ensure that
legislation proposed by the Administration is reviewed
for conformity with international human rights obliga-
tions and that these obligations are taken into account
in reviewing legislation under consideration by the
Congress as well;
(v) developing recommended proposals and mecha-
nisms for improving the monitoring of the actions by
the various States, Commonwealths, and territories of
the United States and, where appropriate, of Native
Americans and Federally recognized Indian tribes, in-
cluding the review of State, Commonwealth, and terri-
torial laws for their conformity with relevant treaties,
the provision of relevant information for reports and
other monitoring purposes, and the promotion of effec-
tive remedial mechanisms;
(vi) developing plans for public outreach and edu-
cation concerning the provisions of the ICCPR, CAT,
CERD, and other relevant treaties, and human rights-
related provisions of domestic law;
(vii) coordinating and directing an annual review of
United States reservations, declarations, and under-
standings to human rights treaties, and matters as to
which there have been nontrivial complaints or allega-
tions of inconsistency with or breach of international
human rights obligations, in order to determine wheth-
er there should be consideration of any modification of
relevant reservations, declarations, and understandings
to human rights treaties, or United States practices or
laws. The results and recommendations of this review
shall be reviewed by the head of each participating
agency;
(viii) making such other recommendations as it shall
deem appropriate to the President, through the Assist-
Page 182
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
ant to the President for National Security Affairs, con-
cerning United States adherence to or implementation
of human rights treaties and related matters; and
(ix) coordinating such other significant tasks in con-
nection with human rights treaties or international
human rights institutions, including the Inter-Amer-
ican Commission on Human Rights and the Special
Rapporteurs and complaints procedures established by
the United Nations Human Rights Commission.
(d) The work of the Interagency Working Group shall
not supplant the work of other interagency entities, in-
cluding the President’s Committee on the Inter-
national Labor Organization, that address inter-
national human rights issues.
SEC. 5. Cooperation Among Executive Departments and
Agencies. All agencies shall cooperate in carrying out
the provisions of this order. The Interagency Working
Group shall facilitate such cooperative measures.
SEC. 6. Judicial Review, Scope, and Administration. (a)
Nothing in this order shall create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable by any party
against the United States, its agencies or instrumen-
talities, its officers or employees, or any other person.
(b) This order does not supersede Federal statutes
and does not impose any justiciable obligations on the
executive branch.
(c) The term ‘‘treaty obligations’’ shall mean treaty
obligations as approved by the Senate pursuant to Arti-
cle II, section 2, clause 2 of the United States Constitu-
tion.
(d) To the maximum extent practicable and subject
to the availability of appropriations, agencies shall
carry out the provisions of this order.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON.
EX. ORD. NO. 13132. FEDERALISM
Ex. Ord. No. 13132, Aug. 4, 1999, 64 F.R. 43255, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to guarantee the division of gov-
ernmental responsibilities between the national gov-
ernment and the States that was intended by the
Framers of the Constitution, to ensure that the prin-
ciples of federalism established by the Framers guide
the executive departments and agencies in the formula-
tion and implementation of policies, and to further the
policies of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act [of 1995,
Pub. L. 104–4, see Tables for classification], it is hereby
ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) ‘‘Policies that have federalism implications’’ re-
fers to regulations, legislative comments or proposed
legislation, and other policy statements or actions that
have substantial direct effects on the States, on the re-
lationship between the national government and the
States, or on the distribution of power and responsibil-
ities among the various levels of government.
(b) ‘‘State’’ or ‘‘States’’ refer to the States of the
United States of America, individually or collectively,
and, where relevant, to State governments, including
units of local government and other political subdivi-
sions established by the States.
(c) ‘‘Agency’’ means any authority of the United
States that is an ‘‘agency’’ under 44 U.S.C. 3502(1),
other than those considered to be independent regu-
latory agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5).
(d) ‘‘State and local officials’’ means elected officials
of State and local governments or their representative
national organizations.
SEC. 2. Fundamental Federalism Principles. In formu-
lating and implementing policies that have federalism
implications, agencies shall be guided by the following
fundamental federalism principles:
(a) Federalism is rooted in the belief that issues that
are not national in scope or significance are most ap-
propriately addressed by the level of government clos-
est to the people.
(b) The people of the States created the national gov-
ernment and delegated to it enumerated governmental
powers. All other sovereign powers, save those ex-
pressly prohibited the States by the Constitution, are
reserved to the States or to the people.
(c) The constitutional relationship among sovereign
governments, State and national, is inherent in the
very structure of the Constitution and is formalized in
and protected by the Tenth Amendment to the Con-
stitution.
(d) The people of the States are free, subject only to
restrictions in the Constitution itself or in constitu-
tionally authorized Acts of Congress, to define the
moral, political, and legal character of their lives.
(e) The Framers recognized that the States possess
unique authorities, qualities, and abilities to meet the
needs of the people and should function as laboratories
of democracy.
(f) The nature of our constitutional system encour-
ages a healthy diversity in the public policies adopted
by the people of the several States according to their
own conditions, needs, and desires. In the search for en-
lightened public policy, individual States and commu-
nities are free to experiment with a variety of ap-
proaches to public issues. One-size-fits-all approaches
to public policy problems can inhibit the creation of ef-
fective solutions to those problems.
(g) Acts of the national government—whether legisla-
tive, executive, or judicial in nature—that exceed the
enumerated powers of that government under the Con-
stitution violate the principle of federalism established
by the Framers.
(h) Policies of the national government should recog-
nize the responsibility of—and should encourage oppor-
tunities for—individuals, families, neighborhoods, local
governments, and private associations to achieve their
personal, social, and economic objectives through coop-
erative effort.
(i) The national government should be deferential to
the States when taking action that affects the policy-
making discretion of the States and should act only
with the greatest caution where State or local govern-
ments have identified uncertainties regarding the con-
stitutional or statutory authority of the national gov-
ernment.
SEC. 3. Federalism Policymaking Criteria. In addition to
adhering to the fundamental federalism principles set
forth in section 2, agencies shall adhere, to the extent
permitted by law, to the following criteria when formu-
lating and implementing policies that have federalism
implications:
(a) There shall be strict adherence to constitutional
principles. Agencies shall closely examine the constitu-
tional and statutory authority supporting any action
that would limit the policymaking discretion of the
States and shall carefully assess the necessity for such
action. To the extent practicable, State and local offi-
cials shall be consulted before any such action is imple-
mented. Executive Order 12372 of July 14, 1982 (‘‘Inter-
governmental Review of Federal Programs’’) [31 U.S.C.
6506 note] remains in effect for the programs and activi-
ties to which it is applicable.
(b) National action limiting the policymaking discre-
tion of the States shall be taken only where there is
constitutional and statutory authority for the action
and the national activity is appropriate in light of the
presence of a problem of national significance. Where
there are significant uncertainties as to whether na-
tional action is authorized or appropriate, agencies
shall consult with appropriate State and local officials
to determine whether Federal objectives can be at-
tained by other means.
(c) With respect to Federal statutes and regulations
administered by the States, the national government
shall grant the States the maximum administrative
discretion possible. Intrusive Federal oversight of
State administration is neither necessary nor desir-
able.
(d) When undertaking to formulate and implement
policies that have federalism implications, agencies
shall:
(1) encourage States to develop their own policies
to achieve program objectives and to work with ap-
propriate officials in other States;
Page 183
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(2) where possible, defer to the States to establish
standards;
(3) in determining whether to establish uniform na-
tional standards, consult with appropriate State and
local officials as to the need for national standards
and any alternatives that would limit the scope of
national standards or otherwise preserve State pre-
rogatives and authority; and
(4) where national standards are required by Fed-
eral statutes, consult with appropriate State and
local officials in developing those standards.
SEC. 4. Special Requirements for Preemption. Agencies,
in taking action that preempts State law, shall act in
strict accordance with governing law.
(a) Agencies shall construe, in regulations and other-
wise, a Federal statute to preempt State law only
where the statute contains an express preemption pro-
vision or there is some other clear evidence that the
Congress intended preemption of State law, or where
the exercise of State authority conflicts with the exer-
cise of Federal authority under the Federal statute.
(b) Where a Federal statute does not preempt State
law (as addressed in subsection (a) of this section),
agencies shall construe any authorization in the stat-
ute for the issuance of regulations as authorizing pre-
emption of State law by rulemaking only when the ex-
ercise of State authority directly conflicts with the ex-
ercise of Federal authority under the Federal statute
or there is clear evidence to conclude that the Congress
intended the agency to have the authority to preempt
State law.
(c) Any regulatory preemption of State law shall be
restricted to the minimum level necessary to achieve
the objectives of the statute pursuant to which the reg-
ulations are promulgated.
(d) When an agency foresees the possibility of a con-
flict between State law and Federally protected inter-
ests within its area of regulatory responsibility, the
agency shall consult, to the extent practicable, with
appropriate State and local officials in an effort to
avoid such a conflict.
(e) When an agency proposes to act through adjudica-
tion or rulemaking to preempt State law, the agency
shall provide all affected State and local officials no-
tice and an opportunity for appropriate participation in
the proceedings.
SEC. 5. Special Requirements for Legislative Proposals.
Agencies shall not submit to the Congress legislation
that would:
(a) directly regulate the States in ways that would ei-
ther interfere with functions essential to the States’
separate and independent existence or be inconsistent
with the fundamental federalism principles in section
2;
(b) attach to Federal grants conditions that are not
reasonably related to the purpose of the grant; or
(c) preempt State law, unless preemption is con-
sistent with the fundamental federalism principles set
forth in section 2, and unless a clearly legitimate na-
tional purpose, consistent with the federalism policy-
making criteria set forth in section 3, cannot otherwise
be met.
SEC. 6. Consultation.
(a) Each agency shall have an accountable process to
ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local
officials in the development of regulatory policies that
have federalism implications. Within 90 days after the
effective date of this order, the head of each agency
shall designate an official with principal responsibility
for the agency’s implementation of this order and that
designated official shall submit to the Office of Man-
agement and Budget a description of the agency’s con-
sultation process.
(b) To the extent practicable and permitted by law,
no agency shall promulgate any regulation that has
federalism implications, that imposes substantial di-
rect compliance costs on State and local governments,
and that is not required by statute, unless:
(1) funds necessary to pay the direct costs incurred
by the State and local governments in complying
with the regulation are provided by the Federal Gov-
ernment; or
(2) the agency, prior to the formal promulgation of
the regulation,
(A) consulted with State and local officials early
in the process of developing the proposed regula-
tion;
(B) in a separately identified portion of the pre-
amble to the regulation as it is to be issued in the
Federal Register, provides to the Director of the Of-
fice of Management and Budget a federalism sum-
mary impact statement, which consists of a de-
scription of the extent of the agency’s prior con-
sultation with State and local officials, a summary
of the nature of their concerns and the agency’s po-
sition supporting the need to issue the regulation,
and a statement of the extent to which the con-
cerns of State and local officials have been met;
and
(C) makes available to the Director of the Office
of Management and Budget any written commu-
nications submitted to the agency by State and
local officials.
(c) To the extent practicable and permitted by law,
no agency shall promulgate any regulation that has
federalism implications and that preempts State law,
unless the agency, prior to the formal promulgation of
the regulation,
(1) consulted with State and local officials early in
the process of developing the proposed regulation;
(2) in a separately identified portion of the pre-
amble to the regulation as it is to be issued in the
Federal Register, provides to the Director of the Of-
fice of Management and Budget a federalism sum-
mary impact statement, which consists of a descrip-
tion of the extent of the agency’s prior consultation
with State and local officials, a summary of the na-
ture of their concerns and the agency’s position sup-
porting the need to issue the regulation, and a state-
ment of the extent to which the concerns of State
and local officials have been met; and
(3) makes available to the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget any written communica-
tions submitted to the agency by State and local offi-
cials.
SEC. 7. Increasing Flexibility for State and Local Waiv-
ers.
(a) Agencies shall review the processes under which
State and local governments apply for waivers of statu-
tory and regulatory requirements and take appropriate
steps to streamline those processes.
(b) Each agency shall, to the extent practicable and
permitted by law, consider any application by a State
for a waiver of statutory or regulatory requirements in
connection with any program administered by that
agency with a general view toward increasing opportu-
nities for utilizing flexible policy approaches at the
State or local level in cases in which the proposed
waiver is consistent with applicable Federal policy ob-
jectives and is otherwise appropriate.
(c) Each agency shall, to the extent practicable and
permitted by law, render a decision upon a complete
application for a waiver within 120 days of receipt of
such application by the agency. If the application for a
waiver is not granted, the agency shall provide the ap-
plicant with timely written notice of the decision and
the reasons therefor.
(d) This section applies only to statutory or regu-
latory requirements that are discretionary and subject
to waiver by the agency.
SEC. 8. Accountability.
(a) In transmitting any draft final regulation that
has federalism implications to the Office of Manage-
ment and Budget pursuant to Executive Order 12866 of
September 30, 1993 [set out above], each agency shall in-
clude a certification from the official designated to en-
sure compliance with this order stating that the re-
quirements of this order have been met in a meaningful
and timely manner.
(b) In transmitting proposed legislation that has fed-
eralism implications to the Office of Management and
Page 184
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
Budget, each agency shall include a certification from
the official designated to ensure compliance with this
order that all relevant requirements of this order have
been met.
(c) Within 180 days after the effective date of this
order, the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget and the Assistant to the President for Intergov-
ernmental Affairs shall confer with State and local of-
ficials to ensure that this order is being properly and
effectively implemented.
SEC. 9. Independent Agencies. Independent regulatory
agencies are encouraged to comply with the provisions
of this order.
SEC. 10. General Provisions.
(a) This order shall supplement but not supersede the
requirements contained in Executive Order 12372
(‘‘Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs’’) [31
U.S.C. 6506 note], Executive Order 12866 (‘‘Regulatory
Planning and Review’’) [set out above], Executive Order
12988 (‘‘Civil Justice Reform’’ [28 U.S.C. 519 note]), and
OMB Circular A–19.
(b) Executive Order 12612 (‘‘Federalism’’), Executive
Order 12875 (‘‘Enhancing the Intergovernmental Part-
nership’’), Executive Order 13083 (‘‘Federalism’’), and
Executive Order 13095 (‘‘Suspension of Executive Order
13083’’) are revoked.
(c) This order shall be effective 90 days after the date
of this order.
SEC. 11. Judicial Review. This order is intended only to
improve the internal management of the executive
branch, and is not intended to create any right or ben-
efit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a
party against the United States, its agencies, its offi-
cers, or any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON.
EX. ORD. NO. 13198. AGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES WITH
RESPECT TO FAITH-BASED AND COMMUNITY INITIATIVES
Ex. Ord. No. 13198, Jan. 29, 2001, 66 F.R. 8497, as
amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13831, § 2(a), May 3, 2018, 83
F.R. 20715; Ex. Ord. No. 14015, § 5(a), Feb. 14, 2021, 86 F.R.
10008, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to help the Federal Government
coordinate a national effort to expand opportunities for
faith-based and other community organizations and to
strengthen their capacity to better meet social needs in
America’s communities, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Establishment of Executive Department Cen-
ters for Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships. (a)
The Attorney General, the Secretary of Education, the
Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human
Services, and the Secretary of Housing and Urban De-
velopment shall each establish within their respective
departments a Center for Faith-Based and Neighbor-
hood Partnerships (Center).
(b) Each executive department Center shall be super-
vised by a Director, appointed by the department head
in consultation with the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships (White House Of-
fice of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships).
(c) Each department shall provide its Center with ap-
propriate staff, administrative support, and other re-
sources to meet its responsibilities under this order.
(d) Each department’s Center shall begin operations
no later than 45 days from the date of this order.
SEC. 2. Purpose of Executive Department Centers for
Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships. The purpose
of the executive department Centers will be to coordi-
nate department efforts to eliminate regulatory, con-
tracting, and other programmatic obstacles to the par-
ticipation of faith-based and other community organi-
zations in the provision of social services.
SEC. 3. Responsibilities of Executive Department Centers
for Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships. Each
Center shall, to the extent permitted by law: (a) con-
duct, in coordination with the White House Office of
Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships, a depart-
ment-wide audit to identify all existing barriers to the
participation of faith-based and other community orga-
nizations in the delivery of social services by the de-
partment, including but not limited to regulations,
rules, orders, procurement, and other internal policies
and practices, and outreach activities that either
facially discriminate against or otherwise discourage
or disadvantage the participation of faith-based and
other community organizations in Federal programs;
(b) coordinate a comprehensive departmental effort
to incorporate faith-based and other community orga-
nizations in department programs and initiatives to
the greatest extent possible;
(c) propose initiatives to remove barriers identified
pursuant to section 3(a) of this order, including but not
limited to reform of regulations, procurement, and
other internal policies and practices, and outreach ac-
tivities;
(d) propose the development of innovative pilot and
demonstration programs to increase the participation
of faith-based and other community organizations in
Federal as well as State and local initiatives; and
(e) develop and coordinate department outreach ef-
forts to disseminate information more effectively to
faith-based and other community organizations with
respect to programming changes, contracting opportu-
nities, and other department initiatives, including but
not limited to Web and Internet resources.
SEC. 4. Additional Responsibilities of the Department of
Health and Human Services and the Department of Labor
Centers. In addition to those responsibilities described
in section 3 of this order, the Department of Health and
Human Services and the Department of Labor Centers
shall, to the extent permitted by law: (a) conduct a
comprehensive review of policies and practices affect-
ing existing funding streams governed by so-called
‘‘Charitable Choice’’ legislation to assess the depart-
ment’s compliance with the requirements of Charitable
Choice; and (b) promote and ensure compliance with ex-
isting Charitable Choice legislation by the department,
as well as its partners in State and local government,
and their contractors.
SEC. 5. Reporting Requirements. (a) Report. Not later
than 180 days after the date of this order and annually
thereafter, each of the five executive department Cen-
ters described in section 1 of this order shall prepare
and submit a report to the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships.
(b) Contents. The report shall include a description of
the department’s efforts in carrying out its responsibil-
ities under this order, including but not limited to:
(1) a comprehensive analysis of the barriers to the
full participation of faith-based and other community
organizations in the delivery of social services identi-
fied pursuant to section 3(a) of this order and the pro-
posed strategies to eliminate those barriers; and
(2) a summary of the technical assistance and other
information that will be available to faith-based and
other community organizations regarding the pro-
gram activities of the department and the prepara-
tion of applications or proposals for grants, coopera-
tive agreements, contracts, and procurement.
(c) Performance Indicators. The first report, filed 180
days after the date of this order, shall include annual
performance indicators and measurable objectives for
department action. Each report filed thereafter shall
measure the department’s performance against the ob-
jectives set forth in the initial report.
SEC. 6. Responsibilities of All Executive Departments and
Agencies. All executive departments and agencies (agen-
cies) shall: (a) designate an agency employee to serve
as the liaison and point of contact with the White
House Office of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partner-
ships; and
(b) cooperate with the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships and provide such
information, support, and assistance to the White
House Office of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partner-
ships as it may request, to the extent permitted by law.
SEC. 7. Administration and Judicial Review. (a) The
agencies’ actions directed by this Executive Order shall
Page 185
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
be carried out subject to the availability of appropria-
tions and to the extent permitted by law.
(b) This order does not create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or equity
against the United States, its agencies or instrumen-
talities, its officers or employees, or any other person.
EX. ORD. NO. 13272. PROPER CONSIDERATION OF SMALL
ENTITIES IN AGENCY RULEMAKING
Ex. Ord. No. 13272, Aug. 13, 2002, 67 F.R. 53461, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. General Requirements. Each agency shall es-
tablish procedures and policies to promote compliance
with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended (5
U.S.C. 601 et seq.) (the ‘‘Act’’). Agencies shall thor-
oughly review draft rules to assess and take appro-
priate account of the potential impact on small busi-
nesses, small governmental jurisdictions, and small or-
ganizations, as provided by the Act. The Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration
(Advocacy) shall remain available to advise agencies in
performing that review consistent with the provisions
of the Act.
SEC. 2. Responsibilities of Advocacy. Consistent with
the requirements of the Act, other applicable law, and
Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993, as amended
[set out above], Advocacy:
(a) shall notify agency heads from time to time of the
requirements of the Act, including by issuing notifica-
tions with respect to the basic requirements of the Act
within 90 days of the date of this order;
(b) shall provide training to agencies on compliance
with the Act; and
(c) may provide comment on draft rules to the agency
that has proposed or intends to propose the rules and to
the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the
Office of Management and Budget (OIRA).
SEC. 3. Responsibilities of Federal Agencies. Consistent
with the requirements of the Act and applicable law,
agencies shall:
(a) Within 180 days of the date of this order, issue
written procedures and policies, consistent with the
Act, to ensure that the potential impacts of agencies’
draft rules on small businesses, small governmental ju-
risdictions, and small organizations are properly con-
sidered during the rulemaking process. Agency heads
shall submit, no later than 90 days from the date of this
order, their written procedures and policies to Advo-
cacy for comment. Prior to issuing final procedures and
policies, agencies shall consider any such comments re-
ceived within 60 days from the date of the submission
of the agencies’ procedures and policies to Advocacy.
Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided by
statute or Executive Order, agencies shall make the
final procedures and policies available to the public
through the Internet or other easily accessible means;
(b) Notify Advocacy of any draft rules that may have
a significant economic impact on a substantial number
of small entities under the Act. Such notifications
shall be made (i) when the agency submits a draft rule
to OIRA under Executive Order 12866 [set out above] if
that order requires such submission, or (ii) if no sub-
mission to OIRA is so required, at a reasonable time
prior to publication of the rule by the agency; and
(c) Give every appropriate consideration to any com-
ments provided by Advocacy regarding a draft rule.
Consistent with applicable law and appropriate protec-
tion of executive deliberations and legal privileges, an
agency shall include, in any explanation or discussion
accompanying publication in the Federal Register of a
final rule, the agency’s response to any written com-
ments submitted by Advocacy on the proposed rule
that preceded the final rule; provided, however, that
such inclusion is not required if the head of the agency
certifies that the public interest is not served thereby.
Agencies and Advocacy may, to the extent permitted
by law, engage in an exchange of data and research, as
appropriate, to foster the purposes of the Act.
SEC. 4. Definitions. Terms defined in section 601 of
title 5, United States Code, including the term ‘‘agen-
cy,’’ shall have the same meaning in this order.
SEC. 5. Preservation of Authority. Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or affect the authority of
the Administrator of the Small Business Administra-
tion to supervise the Small Business Administration as
provided in the first sentence of section 2(b)(1) of Pub-
lic Law 85–09536 [Pub. L. 85–536] (15 U.S.C. 633(b)(1)).
SEC. 6. Reporting. For the purpose of promoting com-
pliance with this order, Advocacy shall submit a report
not less than annually to the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget on the extent of compliance
with this order by agencies.
SEC. 7. Confidentiality. Consistent with existing law,
Advocacy may publicly disclose information that it re-
ceives from the agencies in the course of carrying out
this order only to the extent that such information al-
ready has been lawfully and publicly disclosed by OIRA
or the relevant rulemaking agency.
SEC. 8. Judicial Review. This order is intended only to
improve the internal management of the Federal Gov-
ernment. This order is not intended to, and does not,
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or equity, against the United States,
its departments, agencies, or other entities, its officers
or employees, or any other person.
GEORGE W. BUSH.
EX. ORD. NO. 13279. EQUAL PROTECTION OF THE LAWS FOR
FAITH-BASED AND OTHER NEIGHBORHOOD ORGANIZATIONS
Ex. Ord. No. 13279, Dec. 12, 2002, 67 F.R. 77141, as
amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13403, § 2, May 12, 2006, 71 F.R.
28543; Ex. Ord. No. 13559, Nov. 17, 2010, 75 F.R. 71319; Ex.
Ord. No. 13831, § 2, May 3, 2018, 83 F.R. 20715; Ex. Ord. No.
14015, § 5(a), Feb. 14, 2021, 86 F.R. 10008, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, including section 121(a) of title 40, United
States Code, and section 301 of title 3, United States
Code, and in order to guide Federal agencies in formu-
lating and developing policies with implications for
faith-based organizations and other other [sic] neigh-
borhood organizations, to ensure equal protection of
the laws for faith-based and other neighborhood organi-
zations, to further the national effort to expand oppor-
tunities for, and strengthen the capacity of, faith-based
and other other [sic] neighborhood organizations so
that they may better meet social needs in America’s
communities, and to ensure the economical and effi-
cient administration and completion of Government
contracts, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) ‘‘Federal financial assistance’’ means assistance
that non-Federal entities receive or administer in the
form of grants, contracts, loans, loan guarantees, prop-
erty, cooperative agreements, food commodities, direct
appropriations, or other assistance, but does not in-
clude a tax credit, deduction, or exemption.
(b) ‘‘Social service program’’ means a program that is
administered by the Federal Government, or by a State
or local government using Federal financial assistance,
and that provides services directed at reducing poverty,
improving opportunities for low-income children, revi-
talizing low-income communities, empowering low-in-
come families and low-income individuals to become
self-sufficient, or otherwise helping people in need.
Such programs include, but are not limited to, the fol-
lowing:
(i) child care services, protective services for chil-
dren and adults, services for children and adults in
foster care, adoption services, services related to the
management and maintenance of the home, day care
services for adults, and services to meet the special
needs of children, older individuals, and individuals
with disabilities (including physical, mental, or emo-
tional disabilities);
(ii) transportation services;
(iii) job training and related services, and employ-
ment services;
Page 186
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(iv) information, referral, and counseling services;
(v) the preparation and delivery of meals and serv-
ices related to soup kitchens or food banks;
(vi) health support services;
(vii) literacy and mentoring programs;
(viii) services for the prevention and treatment of
juvenile delinquency and substance abuse, services
for the prevention of crime and the provision of as-
sistance to the victims and the families of criminal
offenders, and services related to intervention in, and
prevention of, domestic violence; and
(ix) services related to the provision of assistance
for housing under Federal law.
(c) ‘‘Policies that have implications for faith-based
and other neighborhood organizations’’ refers to all
policies, programs, and regulations, including official
guidance and internal agency procedures, that have sig-
nificant effects on faith-based organizations partici-
pating in or seeking to participate in social service pro-
grams supported with Federal financial assistance.
(d) ‘‘Agency’’ means a department or agency in the
executive branch.
(e) ‘‘Specified agency heads’’ means:
(i) the Attorney General;
(ii) the Secretary of Agriculture;
(iii) the Secretary of Commerce;
(iv) the Secretary of Labor;
(v) the Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(vi) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment;
(vii) the Secretary of Education;
(viii) the Secretary of Veterans Affairs;
(ix) the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(x) the Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency;
(xi) the Administrator of the Small Business Admin-
istration;
(xii) the Administrator of the United States Agency
for International Development; and
(xiii) the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation
for National and Community Service.
SEC. 2. Fundamental Principles. In formulating and im-
plementing policies that have implications for faith-
based and other neighborhood organizations, agencies
that administer social service programs or that support
(including through prime awards or sub-awards) social
service programs with Federal financial assistance
shall, to the extent permitted by law, be guided by the
following fundamental principles:
(a) Federal financial assistance for social service pro-
grams should be distributed in the most effective and
efficient manner possible.
(b) The Nation’s social service capacity will benefit if
all eligible organizations, including faith-based and
other neighborhood organizations, are able to compete
on an equal footing for Federal financial assistance
used to support social service programs.
(c) No organization should be discriminated against
on the basis of religion or religious belief in the admin-
istration or distribution of Federal financial assistance
under social service programs.
(d) All organizations that receive Federal financial
assistance under social service programs should be pro-
hibited from discriminating against beneficiaries or
prospective beneficiaries of the social service programs
on the basis of religion or religious belief. Accordingly,
organizations, in providing services supported in whole
or in part with Federal financial assistance, and in
their outreach activities related to such services,
should not be allowed to discriminate against current
or prospective program beneficiaries on the basis of re-
ligion, a religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious
belief, or a refusal to attend or participate in a reli-
gious practice.
(e) The Federal Government must implement Federal
programs in accordance with the Establishment Clause
and the Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment
to the United States Constitution, as well as other ap-
plicable law, and must monitor and enforce standards
regarding the relationship between religion and govern-
ment in ways that avoid excessive entanglement be-
tween religious bodies and governmental entities.
(f) Organizations that engage in explicitly religious
activities (including activities that involve overt reli-
gious content such as worship, religious instruction, or
proselytization) must perform such activities and offer
such services outside of programs that are supported
with direct Federal financial assistance (including
through prime awards or sub-awards), separately in
time or location from any such programs or services
supported with direct Federal financial assistance, and
participation in any such explicitly religious activities
must be voluntary for the beneficiaries of the social
service program supported with such Federal financial
assistance.
(g) Faith-based organizations should be eligible to
compete for Federal financial assistance used to sup-
port social service programs and to participate fully in
the social service programs supported with Federal fi-
nancial assistance without impairing their independ-
ence, autonomy, expression outside the programs in
question, or religious character. Accordingly, a faith-
based organization that applies for, or participates in,
a social service program supported with Federal finan-
cial assistance may retain its independence and may
continue to carry out its mission, including the defini-
tion, development, practice, and expression of its reli-
gious beliefs, provided that it does not use direct Fed-
eral financial assistance that it receives (including
through a prime award or sub-award) to support or en-
gage in any explicitly religious activities (including ac-
tivities that involve overt religious content such as
worship, religious instruction, or proselytization), or in
any other manner prohibited by law. Among other
things, faith-based organizations that receive Federal
financial assistance may use their facilities to provide
social services supported with Federal financial assist-
ance, without removing or altering religious art, icons,
scriptures, or other symbols from these facilities. In
addition, a faith-based organization that applies for, or
participates in, a social service program supported with
Federal financial assistance may retain religious terms
in its name, select its board members on a religious
basis, and include religious references in its organiza-
tion’s mission statements and other chartering or gov-
erning documents.
(h) To promote transparency and accountability,
agencies that provide Federal financial assistance for
social service programs shall post online, in an easily
accessible manner, regulations, guidance documents,
and policies that reflect or elaborate upon the funda-
mental principles described in this section. Agencies
shall also post online a list of entities that receive Fed-
eral financial assistance for provision of social service
programs, consistent with law and pursuant to guid-
ance set forth in paragraph (c) of section 3 of this order.
(i) Decisions about awards of Federal financial assist-
ance must be free from political interference or even
the appearance of such interference and must be made
on the basis of merit, not on the basis of the religious
affiliation of a recipient organization or lack thereof.
SEC. 3. Ensuring Uniform Implementation Across the
Federal Government. In order to promote uniformity in
agencies’ policies that have implications for faith-
based and other neighborhood organizations and in re-
lated guidance, and to ensure that those policies and
guidance are consistent with the fundamental prin-
ciples set forth in section 2 of this order, there is estab-
lished an Interagency Working Group on Faith-Based
and Other Neighborhood Partnerships (Working Group).
(a) Mission and Function of the Working Group. The
Working Group shall meet periodically to review and
evaluate existing agency regulations, guidance docu-
ments, and policies that have implications for faith-
based and other neighborhood organizations. Where ap-
propriate, specified agency heads shall, to the extent
permitted by law, amend all such existing policies of
their respective agencies to ensure that they are con-
sistent with the fundamental principles set forth in
section 2 of this order.
Page 187
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(b) Uniform Agency Implementation. Within 120 days of
the date of this order, the Working Group shall submit
a report to the President on amendments, changes, or
additions that are necessary to ensure that regulations
and guidance documents associated with the distribu-
tion of Federal financial assistance for social service
programs are consistent with the fundamental prin-
ciples set forth in section 2 of this order. The Working
Group’s report should include, but not be limited to, a
model set of regulations and guidance documents for
agencies to adopt in the following areas:
(i) prohibited uses of direct Federal financial assist-
ance and separation requirements; (ii) protections for
religious identity; (iii) the distinction between ‘‘direct’’
and ‘‘indirect’’ Federal financial assistance; (iv) protec-
tions for beneficiaries of social service programs; (v)
transparency requirements, consistent with and in fur-
therance of existing open government initiatives; (vi)
obligations of nongovernmental and governmental
intermediaries; (vii) instructions for peer reviewers and
those who recruit peer reviewers; and (viii) training on
these matters for government employees and for Fed-
eral, State, and local governmental and nongovern-
mental organizations that receive Federal financial as-
sistance under social service programs. In developing
this report and in reviewing agency regulations and
guidance for consistency with section 2 of this order,
the Working Group shall consult the March 2010 report
and recommendations prepared by the President’s Ad-
visory Council on Faith-Based and Neighborhood Part-
nerships on the topic of reforming the White House Of-
fice of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships.
(c) Guidance. The Director of the Office of Manage-
ment and Budget (OMB), following receipt of a copy of
the report of the Working Group, and in coordination
with the Department of Justice, shall issue guidance to
agencies on the implementation of this order, including
in particular subsections 2(h)–(j).
(d) Membership of the Working Group. The Director of
the White House Office of Faith-Based and Neighbor-
hood Partnerships and a senior official from the OMB
designated by the Director of the OMB shall serve as
the Co-Chairs of the Working Group. The Co-Chairs
shall convene regular meetings of the Working Group,
determine its agenda, and direct its work. In addition
to the Co-Chairs, the Working Group shall consist of a
senior official with knowledge of policies that have im-
plications for faith-based and other neighborhood orga-
nizations from the following agencies and offices:
(i) the Department of State;
(ii) the Department of Justice;
(iii) the Department of the Interior;
(iv) the Department of Agriculture;
(v) the Department of Commerce;
(vi) the Department of Labor;
(vii) the Department of Health and Human Services;
(viii) the Department of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment;
(ix) the Department of Education;
(x) the Department of Veterans Affairs;
(xi) the Department of Homeland Security;
(xii) the Environmental Protection Agency;
(xiii) the Small Business Administration;
(xiv) the United States Agency for International De-
velopment;
(xv) the Corporation for National and Community
Service; and
(xvi) other agencies and offices as the President, from
time to time, may designate.
(e) Administration of the Initiative. The Department of
Health and Human Services shall provide funding and
administrative support for the Working Group to the
extent permitted by law and within existing appropria-
tions.
SEC. 4. Amendment of Executive Order 11246.
Pursuant to section 121(a) of title 40, United States
Code, and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, and
in order to further the strong Federal interest in ensur-
ing that the cost and progress of Federal procurement
contracts are not adversely affected by an artificial re-
striction of the labor pool caused by the unwarranted
exclusion of faith-based organizations from such con-
tracts, section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of Sep-
tember 24, 1965, as amended, [42 U.S.C. 2000e note] is
hereby further amended to read as follows:
‘‘SEC. 204 (a) The Secretary of Labor may, when the
Secretary deems that special circumstances in the na-
tional interest so require, exempt a contracting agency
from the requirement of including any or all of the pro-
visions of Section 202 of this Order in any specific con-
tract, subcontract, or purchase order.
(b) The Secretary of Labor may, by rule or regula-
tion, exempt certain classes of contracts, subcontracts,
or purchase orders (1) whenever work is to be or has
been performed outside the United States and no re-
cruitment of workers within the limits of the United
States is involved; (2) for standard commercial supplies
or raw materials; (3) involving less than specified
amounts of money or specified numbers of workers; or
(4) to the extent that they involve subcontracts below
a specified tier.
(c) Section 202 of this Order shall not apply to a Gov-
ernment contractor or subcontractor that is a religious
corporation, association, educational institution, or so-
ciety, with respect to the employment of individuals of
a particular religion to perform work connected with
the carrying on by such corporation, association, edu-
cational institution, or society of its activities. Such
contractors and subcontractors are not exempted or ex-
cused from complying with the other requirements con-
tained in this Order.
(d) The Secretary of Labor may also provide, by rule,
regulation, or order, for the exemption of facilities of
a contractor that are in all respects separate and dis-
tinct from activities of the contractor related to the
performance of the contract: provided, that such an ex-
emption will not interfere with or impede the effec-
tuation of the purposes of this Order: and provided fur-
ther, that in the absence of such an exemption all fa-
cilities shall be covered by the provisions of this
Order.’’
SEC. 5. General Provisions.
(a) This order supplements but does not supersede the
requirements contained in Executive Orders 13198 [set
out above] and 13199 [3 U.S.C. note prec. 101] of January
29, 2001.
(b) The agencies shall coordinate with the White
House Office of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partner-
ships concerning the implementation of this order.
(c) Nothing in this order shall be construed to require
an agency to take any action that would impair the
conduct of foreign affairs or the national security.
SEC. 6. Responsibilities of Executive Departments and
Agencies. All executive departments and agencies (agen-
cies) shall:
(a) designate an agency employee to serve as the liai-
son and point of contact with the White House Office of
Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships; and
(b) cooperate with the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships and provide such
information, support, and assistance to the White
House Office of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partner-
ships as it may request, to the extent permitted by law.
SEC. 7. Judicial Review.
This order is intended only to improve the internal
management of the executive branch, and it is not in-
tended to, and does not, create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in eq-
uity by a party against the United States, its agencies,
or entities, its officers, employees or agents, or any
person.
EX. ORD. NO. 13280. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF AGRICULTURE AND THE AGENCY FOR INTER-
NATIONAL
DEVELOPMENT
WITH
RESPECT
TO
FAITH-
BASED AND COMMUNITY INITIATIVES
Ex. Ord. No. 13280, Dec. 12, 2002, 67 F.R. 77145, as
amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13831, § 2(a), May 3, 2018, 83
F.R. 20715; Ex. Ord. No. 14015, § 5(a), Feb. 14, 2021, 86 F.R.
10008, provided:
Page 188
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to help the Federal Government
coordinate a national effort to expand opportunities for
faith-based and other community organizations and to
strengthen their capacity to better meet social needs in
America’s communities, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Establishment of Centers for Faith-Based and
Neighborhood Partnerships at the Department of Agri-
culture and the Agency for International Development. (a)
The Secretary of Agriculture and the Administrator of
the Agency for International Development shall each
establish within their respective agencies a Center for
Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships (Center).
(b) Each of these Centers shall be supervised by a Di-
rector, appointed by the agency head in consultation
with the White House Office of Faith-Based and Neigh-
borhood Partnerships (White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships).
(c) Each agency shall provide its Center with appro-
priate staff, administrative support, and other re-
sources to meet its responsibilities under this order.
(d) Each Center shall begin operations no later than
45 days from the date of this order.
SEC. 2. Purpose of Executive Branch Centers for Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships. The purpose of the
agency Centers will be to coordinate agency efforts to
eliminate regulatory, contracting, and other pro-
grammatic obstacles to the participation of faith-based
and other community organizations in the provision of
social services.
SEC. 3. Responsibilities of the Centers for Faith-Based
and Neighborhood Partnerships. Each Center shall, to the
extent permitted by law:
(a) conduct, in coordination with the White House Of-
fice of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships, an
agency-wide audit to identify all existing barriers to
the participation of faith-based and other community
organizations in the delivery of social services by the
agency, including but not limited to regulations, rules,
orders, procurement, and other internal policies and
practices, and outreach activities that either facially
discriminate against or otherwise discourage or dis-
advantage the participation of faith-based and other
community organizations in Federal programs;
(b) coordinate a comprehensive agency effort to in-
corporate faith-based and other community organiza-
tions in agency programs and initiatives to the great-
est extent possible;
(c) propose initiatives to remove barriers identified
pursuant to section 3(a) of this order, including but not
limited to reform of regulations, procurement, and
other internal policies and practices, and outreach ac-
tivities;
(d) propose the development of innovative pilot and
demonstration programs to increase the participation
of faith-based and other community organizations in
Federal as well as State and local initiatives; and
(e) develop and coordinate agency outreach efforts to
disseminate information more effectively to faith-
based and other community organizations with respect
to programming changes, contracting opportunities,
and other agency initiatives, including but not limited
to Web and Internet resources.
SEC. 4. Reporting Requirements.
(a) Report. Not later than 180 days from the date of
this order and annually thereafter, each of the two Cen-
ters described in section 1 of this order shall prepare
and submit a report to the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships.
(b) Contents. The report shall include a description of
the agency’s efforts in carrying out its responsibilities
under this order, including but not limited to:
(i) a comprehensive analysis of the barriers to the
full participation of faith-based and other community
organizations in the delivery of social services identi-
fied pursuant to section 3(a) of this order and the pro-
posed strategies to eliminate those barriers; and
(ii) a summary of the technical assistance and
other information that will be available to faith-
based and other community organizations regarding
the program activities of the agency and the prepara-
tion of applications or proposals for grants, coopera-
tive agreements, contracts, and procurement.
(c) Performance Indicators. The first report, filed 180
days after the date of this order, shall include annual
performance indicators and measurable objectives for
agency action. Each report filed thereafter shall meas-
ure the agency’s performance against the objectives set
forth in the initial report.
SEC. 5. Responsibilities of the Secretary of Agriculture
and the Administrator of the Agency for International De-
velopment. The Secretary and the Administrator shall:
(a) designate an employee within their respective
agencies to serve as the liaison and point of contact
with the White House Office of Faith-Based and Neigh-
borhood Partnerships; and
(b) cooperate with the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships and provide such
information, support, and assistance to the White
House Office of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partner-
ships as it may request, to the extent permitted by law.
SEC. 6. Administration and Judicial Review. (a) The
agency actions directed by this executive order shall be
carried out subject to the availability of appropriations
and to the extent permitted by law.
(b) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or equity by a party against the United
States, its agencies, or entities, its officers, employees
or agents, or any other person.
EX. ORD. NO. 13342. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DEPART-
MENTS OF COMMERCE AND VETERANS AFFAIRS AND THE
SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION WITH RESPECT
TO
FAITH-BASED AND COMMUNITY INITIATIVES
Ex. Ord. No. 13342, June 1, 2004, 69 F.R. 31509, as
amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13831, § 2(a), May 3, 2018, 83
F.R. 20715; Ex. Ord. No. 14015, § 5(a), Feb. 14, 2021, 86 F.R.
10008, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to help the Federal Government
coordinate a national effort to expand opportunities for
faith-based and other community organizations and to
strengthen their capacity to better meet America’s so-
cial and community needs, it is hereby ordered as fol-
lows:
SECTION 1. Establishment of Centers for Faith-Based and
Neighborhood Partnerships at the Departments of Com-
merce and Veterans Affairs and the Small Business Admin-
istration.
(a) The Secretaries of Commerce and Veterans Affairs
and the Administrator of the Small Business Adminis-
tration shall each establish within their respective
agencies a Center for Faith-Based and Neighborhood
Partnerships (Center).
(b) Each of these Centers shall be supervised by a Di-
rector, appointed by the agency head in consultation
with the White House Office of Faith-Based and Neigh-
borhood Partnerships (White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships).
(c) Each agency shall provide its Center with appro-
priate staff, administrative support, and other re-
sources to meet its responsibilities under this order.
(d) Each Center shall begin operations no later than
45 days from the date of this order.
SEC. 2. Purpose of Executive Branch Centers for Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships. The purpose of the
agency Centers will be to coordinate agency efforts to
eliminate regulatory, contracting, and other pro-
grammatic obstacles to the participation of faith-based
and other community organizations in the provision of
social and community services.
SEC. 3. Responsibilities of the Centers for Faith-Based
and Neighborhood Partnerships. Each Center shall, to the
extent permitted by law:
(a) conduct, in coordination with the White House Of-
fice of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships, an
agency-wide audit to identify all existing barriers to
Page 189
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
the participation of faith-based and other community
organizations in the delivery of social and community
services by the agency, including but not limited to
regulations, rules, orders, procurement, and other in-
ternal policies and practices, and outreach activities
that either facially discriminate against or otherwise
discourage or disadvantage the participation of faith-
based and other community organizations in Federal
programs;
(b) coordinate a comprehensive agency effort to in-
corporate faith-based and other community organiza-
tions in agency programs and initiatives to the great-
est extent possible;
(c) propose initiatives to remove barriers identified
pursuant to section 3(a) of this order, including but not
limited to reform of regulations, procurement, and
other internal policies and practices, and outreach ac-
tivities;
(d) propose the development of innovative pilot and
demonstration programs to increase the participation
of faith-based and other community organizations in
Federal as well as State and local initiatives; and
(e) develop and coordinate agency outreach efforts to
disseminate information more effectively to faith-
based and other community organizations with respect
to programming changes, contracting opportunities,
and other agency initiatives, including but not limited
to Web and Internet resources.
SEC. 4. Reporting Requirements. (a) Report. Not later
than 180 days from the date of this order and annually
thereafter, each of the three Centers described in sec-
tion 1 of this order shall prepare and submit a report to
the President through the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships.
(b) Contents. The report shall include a description of
the agency’s efforts in carrying out its responsibilities
under this order, including but not limited to:
(i) a comprehensive analysis of the barriers to the
full participation of faith-based and other community
organizations in the delivery of social and commu-
nity services identified pursuant to section 3(a) of
this order and the proposed strategies to eliminate
those barriers; and
(ii) a summary of the technical assistance and
other information that will be available to faith-
based and other community organizations regarding
the program activities of the agency and the prepara-
tion of applications or proposals for grants, coopera-
tive agreements, contracts, and procurement.
(c) Performance Indicators. The first report, filed pur-
suant to section 4(a) of this order, shall include annual
performance indicators and measurable objectives for
agency action. Each report filed thereafter shall meas-
ure the agency’s performance against the objectives set
forth in the initial report.
SEC. 5. Responsibilities of the Secretaries of Commerce
and Veterans Affairs and the Administrator of the Small
Business Administration. The Secretaries and the Admin-
istrator shall:
(a) designate an employee within their respective
agencies to serve as the liaison and point of contact
with the White House Office of Faith-Based and Neigh-
borhood Partnerships; and
(b) cooperate with the White House Office of Faith-
Based and Neighborhood Partnerships and provide such
information, support, and assistance to the White
House Office of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partner-
ships as it may request, to the extent permitted by law.
SEC. 6. Administration and Judicial Review. (a) The
agency actions directed by this executive order shall be
carried out subject to the availability of appropriations
and to the extent permitted by law.
(b) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by a party against the United
States, its departments, agencies, instrumentalities or
entities, its officers, employees or agents, or any other
person.
EX. ORD. NO. 13397. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DEPART-
MENT
OF
HOMELAND
SECURITY
WITH
RESPECT
TO
FAITH-BASED AND COMMUNITY INITIATIVES
Ex. Ord. No. 13397, Mar. 7, 2006, 71 F.R. 12275, as
amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13831, § 2(a), May 3, 2018, 83
F.R. 20715; Ex. Ord. No. 14015, § 5, Feb. 14, 2021, 86 F.R.
10008, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to help the Federal Government
coordinate a national effort to expand opportunities for
faith-based and other community organizations and to
strengthen their capacity to better meet America’s so-
cial and community needs, it is hereby ordered as fol-
lows:
SECTION 1. Establishment of a Center for Faith-Based
and Neighborhood Partnerships at the Department of
Homeland Security.
(a) The Secretary of Homeland Security (Secretary)
shall establish within the Department of Homeland Se-
curity (Department) a Center for Faith-Based and
Neighborhood Partnerships (Center).
(b) The Center shall be supervised by a Director ap-
pointed by [the] Secretary. The Secretary shall consult
with the Executive Director of the White House Office
of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships (Execu-
tive Director) prior to making such appointment.
(c) The Department shall provide the Center with ap-
propriate staff, administrative support, and other re-
sources to meet its responsibilities under this order.
(d) The Center shall begin operations no later than 45
days from the date of this order.
SEC. 2. Purpose of Center. The purpose of the Center
shall be to coordinate agency efforts to eliminate regu-
latory, contracting, and other programmatic obstacles
to the participation of faith-based and other commu-
nity organizations in the provision of social and com-
munity services.
SEC. 3. Responsibilities of the Center for Faith-Based and
Neighborhood Partnerships. In carrying out the purpose
set forth in section 2 of this order, the Center shall:
(a) conduct, in coordination with the Executive Di-
rector, a department-wide audit to identify all existing
barriers to the participation of faith-based and other
community organizations in the delivery of social and
community services by the Department, including but
not limited to regulations, rules, orders, procurement,
and other internal policies and practices, and outreach
activities that unlawfully discriminate against, or oth-
erwise discourage or disadvantage the participation of
faith-based and other community organizations in Fed-
eral programs;
(b) coordinate a comprehensive departmental effort
to incorporate faith-based and other community orga-
nizations in Department programs and initiatives to
the greatest extent possible;
(c) propose initiatives to remove barriers identified
pursuant to section 3(a) of this order, including but not
limited to reform of regulations, procurement, and
other internal policies and practices, and outreach ac-
tivities;
(d) propose the development of innovative pilot and
demonstration programs to increase the participation
of faith-based and other community organizations in
Federal as well as State and local initiatives; and
(e) develop and coordinate Departmental outreach ef-
forts to disseminate information more effectively to
faith-based and other community organizations with
respect to programming changes, contracting opportu-
nities, and other agency initiatives, including but not
limited to Web and Internet resources.
SEC. 4. Reporting Requirements.
(a) Report. Not later than 180 days from the date of
this order and annually thereafter, the Center shall
prepare and submit a report to the Executive Director.
(b) Contents. The report shall include a description of
the Department’s efforts in carrying out its respon-
sibilities under this order, including but not limited to:
(i) a comprehensive analysis of the barriers to the
full participation of faith-based and other community
Page 190
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
organizations in the delivery of social and commu-
nity services identified pursuant to section 3(a) of
this order and the proposed strategies to eliminate
those barriers; and
(ii) a summary of the technical assistance and
other information that will be available to faith-
based and other community organizations regarding
the program activities of the agency and the prepara-
tion of applications or proposals for grants, coopera-
tive agreements, contracts, and procurement.
(c) Performance Indicators. The first report shall in-
clude annual performance indicators and measurable
objectives for Departmental action. Each report filed
thereafter shall measure the Department’s performance
against the objectives set forth in the initial report.
SEC. 5. Responsibilities of the Secretary. The Secretary
shall:
(a) designate an employee within the department to
serve as the liaison and point of contact with the Exec-
utive Director; and
(b) cooperate with the Executive Director and provide
such information, support, and assistance to the Execu-
tive Director as requested to implement this order.
SEC. 6. General Provisions. (a) This order shall be im-
plemented subject to the availability of appropriations
and to the extent permitted by law.
(b) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by a party against the United
States, its agencies, or entities, its officers, employees,
or agents, or any other person.
EX. ORD. NO. 13406. PROTECTING THE PROPERTY RIGHTS
OF THE AMERICAN PEOPLE
Ex. Ord. No. 13406, June 23, 2006, 71 F.R. 36973, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and to strengthen the rights of the American
people against the taking of their private property, it
is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. It is the policy of the United States
to protect the rights of Americans to their private
property, including by limiting the taking of private
property by the Federal Government to situations in
which the taking is for public use, with just compensa-
tion, and for the purpose of benefiting the general pub-
lic and not merely for the purpose of advancing the eco-
nomic interest of private parties to be given ownership
or use of the property taken.
SEC. 2. Implementation. (a) The Attorney General
shall:
(i) issue instructions to the heads of departments and
agencies to implement the policy set forth in section 1
of this order; and
(ii) monitor takings by departments and agencies for
compliance with the policy set forth in section 1 of this
order.
(b) Heads of departments and agencies shall, to the
extent permitted by law:
(i) comply with instructions issued under subsection
(a)(i); and
(ii) provide to the Attorney General such information
as the Attorney General determines necessary to carry
out subsection (a)(ii).
SEC. 3. Specific Exclusions. Nothing in this order shall
be construed to prohibit a taking of private property by
the Federal Government, that otherwise complies with
applicable law, for the purpose of:
(a) public ownership or exclusive use of the property
by the public, such as for a public medical facility,
roadway, park, forest, governmental office building, or
military reservation;
(b) projects designated for public, common carrier,
public transportation, or public utility use, including
those for which a fee is assessed, that serve the general
public and are subject to regulation by a governmental
entity;
(c) conveying the property to a nongovernmental en-
tity, such as a telecommunications or transportation
common carrier, that makes the property available for
use by the general public as of right;
(d) preventing or mitigating a harmful use of land
that constitutes a threat to public health, safety, or
the environment;
(e) acquiring abandoned property;
(f) quieting title to real property;
(g) acquiring ownership or use by a public utility;
(h) facilitating the disposal or exchange of Federal
property; or
(i) meeting military, law enforcement, public safety,
public transportation, or public health emergencies.
SEC. 4. General Provisions. (a) This order shall be im-
plemented consistent with applicable law and subject
to the availability of appropriations.
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair
or otherwise affect:
(i) authority granted by law to a department or agen-
cy or the head thereof; or
(ii) functions of the Director of the Office of Manage-
ment and Budget relating to budget, administrative, or
legislative proposals.
(c) This order shall be implemented in a manner con-
sistent with Executive Order 12630 of March 15, 1988.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity against the United States, its
departments, agencies, entities, officers, employees, or
agents, or any other person.
GEORGE W. BUSH.
EX. ORD. NO. 13497. REVOCATION OF CERTAIN EXECUTIVE
ORDERS CONCERNING REGULATORY PLANNING AND REVIEW
Ex. Ord. No. 13497, Jan. 30, 2009, 74 F.R. 6113, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered that:
SECTION 1. Executive Order 13258 of February 26, 2002,
and Executive Order 13422 of January 18, 2007, con-
cerning regulatory planning and review, which amend-
ed Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993, are re-
voked.
SEC. 2. The Director of the Office of Management and
Budget and the heads of executive departments and
agencies shall promptly rescind any orders, rules, regu-
lations, guidelines, or policies implementing or enforc-
ing Executive Order 13258 or Executive Order 13422, to
the extent consistent with law.
SEC. 3. This order is not intended to, and does not,
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against
the United States, its departments, agencies, or enti-
ties, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other
person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13563. IMPROVING REGULATION AND
REGULATORY REVIEW
Ex. Ord. No. 13563, Jan. 18, 2011, 76 F.R. 3821, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to improve regulation and regu-
latory review, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. General Principles of Regulation. (a) Our reg-
ulatory system must protect public health, welfare,
safety, and our environment while promoting economic
growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation.
It must be based on the best available science. It must
allow for public participation and an open exchange of
ideas. It must promote predictability and reduce uncer-
tainty. It must identify and use the best, most innova-
tive, and least burdensome tools for achieving regu-
latory ends. It must take into account benefits and
costs, both quantitative and qualitative. It must ensure
that regulations are accessible, consistent, written in
plain language, and easy to understand. It must meas-
ure, and seek to improve, the actual results of regu-
latory requirements.
(b) This order is supplemental to and reaffirms the
principles, structures, and definitions governing con-
Page 191
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
temporary regulatory review that were established in
Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993. As stated
in that Executive Order and to the extent permitted by
law, each agency must, among other things: (1) propose
or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determina-
tion that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that
some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2)
tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on so-
ciety, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives,
taking into account, among other things, and to the ex-
tent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory ap-
proaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits
(including potential economic, environmental, public
health and safety, and other advantages; distributive
impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify
performance objectives, rather than specifying the be-
havior or manner of compliance that regulated entities
must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alter-
natives to direct regulation, including providing eco-
nomic incentives to encourage the desired behavior,
such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing
information upon which choices can be made by the
public.
(c) In applying these principles, each agency is di-
rected to use the best available techniques to quantify
anticipated present and future benefits and costs as ac-
curately as possible. Where appropriate and permitted
by law, each agency may consider (and discuss quali-
tatively) values that are difficult or impossible to
quantify, including equity, human dignity, fairness,
and distributive impacts.
SEC. 2. Public Participation. (a) Regulations shall be
adopted through a process that involves public partici-
pation. To that end, regulations shall be based, to the
extent feasible and consistent with law, on the open ex-
change of information and perspectives among State,
local, and tribal officials, experts in relevant dis-
ciplines, affected stakeholders in the private sector,
and the public as a whole.
(b) To promote that open exchange, each agency, con-
sistent with Executive Order 12866 and other applicable
legal requirements, shall endeavor to provide the pub-
lic with an opportunity to participate in the regulatory
process. To the extent feasible and permitted by law,
each agency shall afford the public a meaningful oppor-
tunity to comment through the Internet on any pro-
posed regulation, with a comment period that should
generally be at least 60 days. To the extent feasible and
permitted by law, each agency shall also provide, for
both proposed and final rules, timely online access to
the rulemaking docket on regulations.gov, including
relevant scientific and technical findings, in an open
format that can be easily searched and downloaded. For
proposed rules, such access shall include, to the extent
feasible and permitted by law, an opportunity for pub-
lic comment on all pertinent parts of the rulemaking
docket, including relevant scientific and technical find-
ings.
(c) Before issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking,
each agency, where feasible and appropriate, shall seek
the views of those who are likely to be affected, includ-
ing those who are likely to benefit from and those who
are potentially subject to such rulemaking.
SEC. 3. Integration and Innovation. Some sectors and
industries face a significant number of regulatory re-
quirements, some of which may be redundant, incon-
sistent, or overlapping. Greater coordination across
agencies could reduce these requirements, thus reduc-
ing costs and simplifying and harmonizing rules. In de-
veloping regulatory actions and identifying appropriate
approaches, each agency shall attempt to promote such
coordination, simplification, and harmonization. Each
agency shall also seek to identify, as appropriate,
means to achieve regulatory goals that are designed to
promote innovation.
SEC. 4. Flexible Approaches. Where relevant, feasible,
and consistent with regulatory objectives, and to the
extent permitted by law, each agency shall identify and
consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens
and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the
public. These approaches include warnings, appropriate
default rules, and disclosure requirements as well as
provision of information to the public in a form that is
clear and intelligible.
SEC. 5. Science. Consistent with the President’s
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Departments
and Agencies, ‘‘Scientific Integrity’’ (March 9, 2009),
and its implementing guidance, each agency shall en-
sure the objectivity of any scientific and technological
information and processes used to support the agency’s
regulatory actions.
SEC. 6. Retrospective Analyses of Existing Rules. (a) To
facilitate the periodic review of existing significant
regulations, agencies shall consider how best to pro-
mote retrospective analysis of rules that may be out-
moded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burden-
some, and to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal
them in accordance with what has been learned. Such
retrospective analyses, including supporting data,
should be released online whenever possible.
(b) Within 120 days of the date of this order, each
agency shall develop and submit to the Office of Infor-
mation and Regulatory Affairs a preliminary plan, con-
sistent with law and its resources and regulatory prior-
ities, under which the agency will periodically review
its existing significant regulations to determine wheth-
er any such regulations should be modified, stream-
lined, expanded, or repealed so as to make the agency’s
regulatory program more effective or less burdensome
in achieving the regulatory objectives.
SEC. 7. General Provisions. (a) For purposes of this
order, ‘‘agency’’ shall have the meaning set forth in
section 3(b) of Executive Order 12866.
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair
or otherwise affect:
(i) authority granted by law to a department or agen-
cy, or the head thereof; or
(ii) functions of the Director of the Office of Manage-
ment and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(c) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13579. REGULATION AND INDEPENDENT
REGULATORY AGENCIES
Ex. Ord. No. 13579, July 11, 2011, 76 F.R. 41587, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to improve regulation and regu-
latory review, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. (a) Wise regulatory decisions de-
pend on public participation and on careful analysis of
the likely consequences of regulation. Such decisions
are informed and improved by allowing interested
members of the public to have a meaningful oppor-
tunity to participate in rulemaking. To the extent per-
mitted by law, such decisions should be made only after
consideration of their costs and benefits (both quan-
titative and qualitative).
(b) Executive Order 13563 of January 18, 2011, ‘‘Im-
proving Regulation and Regulatory Review,’’ directed
to executive agencies, was meant to produce a regu-
latory system that protects ‘‘public health, welfare,
safety, and our environment while promoting economic
growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job cre-
ation.’’ Independent regulatory agencies, no less than
executive agencies, should promote that goal.
(c) Executive Order 13563 set out general require-
ments directed to executive agencies concerning public
participation, integration and innovation, flexible ap-
Page 192
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
proaches, and science. To the extent permitted by law,
independent regulatory agencies should comply with
these provisions as well.
SEC. 2. Retrospective Analyses of Existing Rules. (a) To
facilitate the periodic review of existing significant
regulations, independent regulatory agencies should
consider how best to promote retrospective analysis of
rules that may be outmoded, ineffective, insufficient,
or excessively burdensome, and to modify, streamline,
expand, or repeal them in accordance with what has
been learned. Such retrospective analyses, including
supporting data and evaluations, should be released on-
line whenever possible.
(b) Within 120 days of the date of this order, each
independent regulatory agency should develop and re-
lease to the public a plan, consistent with law and re-
flecting its resources and regulatory priorities and
processes, under which the agency will periodically re-
view its existing significant regulations to determine
whether any such regulations should be modified,
streamlined, expanded, or repealed so as to make the
agency’s regulatory program more effective or less bur-
densome in achieving the regulatory objectives.
SEC. 3. General Provisions. (a) For purposes of this
order, ‘‘executive agency’’ shall have the meaning set
forth for the term ‘‘agency’’ in section 3(b) of Executive
Order 12866 of September 30, 1993, and ‘‘independent reg-
ulatory agency’’ shall have the meaning set forth in 44
U.S.C. 3502(5).
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair
or otherwise affect:
(i) authority granted by law to a department or agen-
cy, or the head thereof; or
(ii) functions of the Director of the Office of Manage-
ment and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(c) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13604. IMPROVING PERFORMANCE OF FED-
ERAL PERMITTING
AND REVIEW
OF INFRASTRUCTURE
PROJECTS
Ex. Ord. No. 13604, Mar. 22, 2012, 77 F.R. 18887, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to significantly reduce the ag-
gregate time required to make decisions in the permit-
ting and review of infrastructure projects by the Fed-
eral Government, while improving environmental and
community outcomes, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. (a) To maintain our Nation’s com-
petitive edge and ensure an economy built to last, the
United States must have fast, reliable, resilient, and
environmentally sound means of moving people, goods,
energy, and information. In a global economy, we will
compete for the world’s investments based in signifi-
cant part on the quality of our infrastructure. Invest-
ing in the Nation’s infrastructure provides immediate
and long-term economic benefits for local communities
and the Nation as a whole.
The quality of our Nation’s infrastructure depends in
critical part on Federal permitting and review proc-
esses, including planning, approval, and consultation
processes. These processes inform decision-makers and
affected communities about the potential benefits and
impacts of proposed infrastructure projects, and ensure
that projects are designed, built, and maintained in a
manner that is consistent with protecting our public
health, welfare, safety, national security, and environ-
ment. Reviews and approvals of infrastructure projects
can be delayed due to many factors beyond the control
of the Federal Government, such as poor project design,
incomplete applications, uncertain funding, or multiple
reviews and approvals by State, local, tribal, or other
jurisdictions. Given these factors, it is critical that ex-
ecutive departments and agencies (agencies) take all
steps within their authority, consistent with available
resources, to execute Federal permitting and review
processes with maximum efficiency and effectiveness,
ensuring the health, safety, and security of commu-
nities and the environment while supporting vital eco-
nomic growth.
To achieve that objective, our Federal permitting
and review processes must provide a transparent, con-
sistent, and predictable path for both project sponsors
and affected communities. They must ensure that agen-
cies set and adhere to timelines and schedules for com-
pletion of reviews, set clear permitting performance
goals, and track progress against those goals. They
must encourage early collaboration among agencies,
project sponsors, and affected stakeholders in order to
incorporate and address their interests and minimize
delays. They must provide for transparency and ac-
countability by utilizing cost-effective information
technology to collect and disseminate information
about individual projects and agency performance, so
that the priorities and concerns of all our citizens are
considered. They must rely upon early and active con-
sultation with State, local, and tribal governments to
avoid conflicts or duplication of effort, resolve con-
cerns, and allow for concurrent rather than sequential
reviews. They must recognize the critical role project
sponsors play in assuring the timely and cost-effective
review of projects by providing complete information
and analysis and by supporting, as appropriate, the
costs associated with review. And, they must enable
agencies to share priorities, work collaboratively and
concurrently to advance reviews and permitting deci-
sions, and facilitate the resolution of disputes at all
levels of agency organization.
Each of these elements must be incorporated into
routine agency practice to provide demonstrable im-
provements in the performance of Federal infrastruc-
ture permitting and review processes, including lower
costs, more timely decisions, and a healthier and clean-
er environment. Also, these elements must be inte-
grated into project planning processes so that projects
are designed appropriately to avoid, to the extent prac-
ticable, adverse impacts on public health, security, his-
toric properties and other cultural resources, and the
environment, and to minimize or mitigate impacts that
may occur. Permitting and review process improve-
ments that have proven effective must be expanded and
institutionalized.
(b) In advancing this policy, this order expands upon
efforts undertaken pursuant to Executive Order 13580 of
July 12, 2011 (Interagency Working Group on Coordina-
tion of Domestic Energy Development and Permitting
in Alaska), Executive Order 13563 of January 18, 2011
(Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review), and
my memorandum of August 31, 2011 (Speeding Infra-
structure Development Through More Efficient and Ef-
fective Permitting and Environmental Review), as well
as other ongoing efforts.
SEC. 2. Steering Committee on Federal Infrastructure
Permitting and Review Process Improvement. There is es-
tablished a Steering Committee on Federal Infrastruc-
ture Permitting and Review Process Improvement
(Steering Committee), to be chaired by the Chief Per-
formance Officer (CPO), in consultation with the Chair
of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ).
(a) Infrastructure Projects Covered by this Order. The
Steering Committee shall facilitate improvements in
Federal permitting and review processes for infrastruc-
ture projects in sectors including surface transpor-
tation, aviation, ports and waterways, water resource
projects, renewable energy generation, electricity
transmission, broadband, pipelines, and other such sec-
tors as determined by the Steering Committee.
(b) Membership. Each of the following agencies (Mem-
ber Agencies) shall be represented on the Steering
Page 193
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
Committee by a Deputy Secretary or equivalent officer
of the United States:
(i) the Department of Defense;
(ii) the Department of the Interior;
(iii) the Department of Agriculture;
(iv) the Department of Commerce;
(v) the Department of Transportation;
(vi) the Department of Energy;
(vii) the Department of Homeland Security;
(viii) the Environmental Protection Agency;
(ix) the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation;
(x) the Department of the Army; and
(xi) such other agencies or offices as the CPO may in-
vite to participate.
(c) Projects of National or Regional Significance. In fur-
therance of the policies of this order, the Member
Agencies shall coordinate and consult with each other
to select, submit to the CPO by April 30, 2012, and peri-
odically update thereafter, a list of infrastructure
projects of national or regional significance that will
have their status tracked on the online Federal Infra-
structure Projects Dashboard (Dashboard) created pur-
suant to my memorandum of August 31, 2011.
(d) Responsibilities of the Steering Committee. The Steer-
ing Committee shall:
(i) develop a Federal Permitting and Review Perform-
ance Plan (Federal Plan), as described in section 3(a) of
this order;
(ii) implement the Federal Plan and coordinate reso-
lution of disputes among Member Agencies relating to
implementation of the Federal Plan; and
(iii) coordinate and consult with other agencies, of-
fices, and interagency working groups as necessary, in-
cluding the President’s Management Council and Per-
formance Improvement Councils, and, with regard to
use and expansion of the Dashboard, the Chief Informa-
tion Officer (CIO) and Chief Technology Officer to im-
plement this order.
(e) Duties of the CPO. The CPO shall:
(i) in consultation with the Chair of CEQ and Member
Agencies, issue guidance on the implementation of this
order;
(ii) in consultation with Member Agencies, develop
and track performance metrics for evaluating imple-
mentation of the Federal Plan and Agency Plans; and
(iii) by January 31, 2013, and annually thereafter,
after input from interested agencies, evaluate and re-
port to the President on the implementation of the
Federal Plan and Agency Plans, and publish the report
on the Dashboard.
(f) No Involvement in Particular Permits or Projects. Nei-
ther the Steering Committee, nor the CPO, may direct
or coordinate agency decisions with respect to any par-
ticular permit or project.
SEC. 3. Plans for Measurable Performance Improvement.
(a) By May 31, 2012, the Steering Committee shall, fol-
lowing coordination with Member Agencies and other
interested agencies, develop and publish on the Dash-
board a Federal Plan to significantly reduce the aggre-
gate time required to make Federal permitting and re-
view decisions on infrastructure projects while improv-
ing outcomes for communities and the environment.
The Federal Plan shall include, but not be limited to,
the following actions to implement the policies out-
lined in section 1 of this order, and shall reflect the
agreement of any Member Agency with respect to re-
quirements in the Federal Plan affecting such agency:
(i) institutionalizing best practices for: enhancing
Federal, State, local, and tribal government coordina-
tion on permitting and review processes (such as con-
ducting reviews concurrently rather than sequentially
to the extent practicable); avoiding duplicative re-
views; and engaging with stakeholders early in the per-
mitting process;
(ii) developing mechanisms to better communicate
priorities and resolve disputes among agencies at the
national and regional levels;
(iii) institutionalizing use of the Dashboard, working
with the CIO to enhance the Dashboard, and utilizing
other cost-effective information technology systems to
share environmental and project-related information
with the public, project sponsors, and permit reviewers;
and
(iv) identifying timeframes and Member Agency re-
sponsibilities for the implementation of each proposed
action.
(b) Each Member Agency shall:
(i) by June 30, 2012, submit to the CPO an Agency
Plan identifying those permitting and review processes
the Member Agency views as most critical to signifi-
cantly reducing the aggregate time required to make
permitting and review decisions on infrastructure
projects while improving outcomes for communities
and the environment, and describing specific and meas-
urable actions the agency will take to improve these
processes, including:
(1) performance metrics, including timelines or
schedules for review;
(2) technological improvements, such as institu-
tionalized use of the Dashboard and other informa-
tion technology systems;
(3) other practices, such as pre-application proce-
dures, early collaboration with other agencies,
project sponsors, and affected stakeholders, and co-
ordination with State, local, and tribal governments;
and
(4) steps the Member Agency will take to imple-
ment the Federal Plan.
(ii) by July 31, 2012, following coordination with other
Member Agencies and interested agencies, publish its
Agency Plan on the Dashboard; and
(iii) by December 31, 2012, and every 6 months there-
after, report progress to the CPO on implementing its
Agency Plan, as well as specific opportunities for addi-
tional improvements to its permitting and review pro-
cedures.
SEC. 4. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment, agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order shall be implemented consistent with
Executive Order 13175 of November 6, 2000 (Consultation
and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments) and
my memorandum of November 5, 2009 (Tribal Consulta-
tion).
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13609. PROMOTING INTERNATIONAL
REGULATORY COOPERATION
Ex. Ord. No. 13609, May 1, 2012, 77 F.R. 26413, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to promote international regu-
latory cooperation, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. Executive Order 13563 of January 18,
2011 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review),
states that our regulatory system must protect public
health, welfare, safety, and our environment while pro-
moting economic growth, innovation, competitiveness,
and job creation. In an increasingly global economy,
international regulatory cooperation, consistent with
domestic law and prerogatives and U.S. trade policy,
can be an important means of promoting the goals of
Executive Order 13563.
The regulatory approaches taken by foreign govern-
ments may differ from those taken by U.S. regulatory
agencies to address similar issues. In some cases, the
differences between the regulatory approaches of U.S.
Page 194
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
agencies and those of their foreign counterparts might
not be necessary and might impair the ability of Amer-
ican businesses to export and compete internationally.
In meeting shared challenges involving health, safety,
labor, security, environmental, and other issues, inter-
national regulatory cooperation can identify ap-
proaches that are at least as protective as those that
are or would be adopted in the absence of such coopera-
tion. International regulatory cooperation can also re-
duce, eliminate, or prevent unnecessary differences in
regulatory requirements.
SEC. 2. Coordination of International Regulatory Co-
operation. (a) The Regulatory Working Group (Working
Group) established by Executive Order 12866 of Sep-
tember 30, 1993 (Regulatory Planning and Review),
which was reaffirmed by Executive Order 13563, shall,
as appropriate:
(i) serve as a forum to discuss, coordinate, and de-
velop a common understanding among agencies of U.S.
Government positions and priorities with respect to:
(A) international regulatory cooperation activities
that are reasonably anticipated to lead to significant
regulatory actions;
(B) efforts across the Federal Government to sup-
port significant, cross-cutting international regu-
latory cooperation activities, such as the work of reg-
ulatory cooperation councils; and
(C) the promotion of good regulatory practices
internationally, as well as the promotion of U.S. reg-
ulatory approaches, as appropriate; and
(ii) examine, among other things:
(A) appropriate strategies for engaging in the devel-
opment of regulatory approaches through inter-
national regulatory cooperation, particularly in
emerging technology areas, when consistent with sec-
tion 1 of this order;
(B) best practices for international regulatory co-
operation with respect to regulatory development,
and, where appropriate, information exchange and
other regulatory tools; and
(C) factors that agencies should take into account
when determining whether and how to consider other
regulatory approaches under section 3(d) of this
order.
(b) As Chair of the Working Group, the Administrator
of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs
(OIRA) of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
shall convene the Working Group as necessary to dis-
cuss international regulatory cooperation issues as de-
scribed above, and the Working Group shall include a
representative from the Office of the United States
Trade Representative and, as appropriate, representa-
tives from other agencies and offices.
(c) The activities of the Working Group, consistent
with law, shall not duplicate the efforts of existing
interagency bodies and coordination mechanisms. The
Working Group shall consult with existing interagency
bodies when appropriate.
(d) To inform its discussions, and pursuant to section
4 of Executive Order 12866, the Working Group may
commission analytical reports and studies by OIRA,
the Administrative Conference of the United States, or
any other relevant agency, and the Administrator of
OIRA may solicit input, from time to time, from rep-
resentatives of business, nongovernmental organiza-
tions, and the public.
(e) The Working Group shall develop and issue guide-
lines on the applicability and implementation of sec-
tions 2 through 4 of this order.
(f) For purposes of this order, the Working Group
shall operate by consensus.
SEC. 3. Responsibilities of Federal Agencies. To the ex-
tent permitted by law, and consistent with the prin-
ciples and requirements of Executive Order 13563 and
Executive Order 12866, each agency shall:
(a) if required to submit a Regulatory Plan pursuant
to Executive Order 12866, include in that plan a sum-
mary of its international regulatory cooperation ac-
tivities that are reasonably anticipated to lead to sig-
nificant regulations, with an explanation of how these
activities advance the purposes of Executive Order
13563 and this order;
(b) ensure that significant regulations that the agen-
cy identifies as having significant international im-
pacts are designated as such in the Unified Agenda of
Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions, on
RegInfo.gov, and on Regulations.gov;
(c) in selecting which regulations to include in its
retrospective review plan, as required by Executive
Order 13563, consider:
(i) reforms to existing significant regulations that
address unnecessary differences in regulatory require-
ments between the United States and its major trading
partners, consistent with section 1 of this order, when
stakeholders provide adequate information to the agen-
cy establishing that the differences are unnecessary;
and
(ii) such reforms in other circumstances as the agen-
cy deems appropriate; and
(d) for significant regulations that the agency identi-
fies as having significant international impacts, con-
sider, to the extent feasible, appropriate, and con-
sistent with law, any regulatory approaches by a for-
eign government that the United States has agreed to
consider under a regulatory cooperation council work
plan.
SEC. 4. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) ‘‘Agency’’ means any authority of the United
States that is an ‘‘agency’’ under 44 U.S.C. 3502(1),
other than those considered to be independent regu-
latory agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5).
(b) ‘‘International impact’’ is a direct effect that a
proposed or final regulation is expected to have on
international trade and investment, or that otherwise
may be of significant interest to the trading partners of
the United States.
(c) ‘‘International regulatory cooperation’’ refers to a
bilateral, regional, or multilateral process, other than
processes that are covered by section 6(a)(ii), (iii), and
(v) of this order, in which national governments engage
in various forms of collaboration and communication
with respect to regulations, in particular a process that
is reasonably anticipated to lead to the development of
significant regulations.
(d) ‘‘Regulation’’ shall have the same meaning as
‘‘regulation’’ or ‘‘rule’’ in section 3(d) of Executive
Order 12866.
(e) ‘‘Significant regulation’’ is a proposed or final
regulation that constitutes a significant regulatory ac-
tion.
(f) ‘‘Significant regulatory action’’ shall have the
same meaning as in section 3(f) of Executive Order
12866.
SEC. 5. Independent Agencies. Independent regulatory
agencies are encouraged to comply with the provisions
of this order.
SEC. 6. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to a department or
agency, or the head thereof;
(ii) the coordination and development of inter-
national trade policy and negotiations pursuant to sec-
tion 411 of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (19 U.S.C.
2451 [2541]) and section 141 of the Trade Act of 1974 (19
U.S.C. 2171);
(iii) international trade activities undertaken pursu-
ant to section 3 of the Act of February 14, 1903 (15
U.S.C. 1512), subtitle C of the Export Enhancement Act
of 1988, as amended (15 U.S.C. 4721 et seq.), and Reorga-
nization Plan No. 3 of 1979 (19 U.S.C. 2171 note);
(iv) the authorization process for the negotiation and
conclusion of international agreements pursuant to 1
U.S.C. 112b(c) [see now 1 U.S.C. 112b(g)] and its imple-
menting regulations (22 C.F.R. 181.4) and implementing
procedures (11 FAM 720);
(v) activities in connection with subchapter II of
chapter 53 of title 31 of the United States Code, title 26
of the United States Code, or Public Law 111–203 and
other laws relating to financial regulation; or (vi) [sic]
the functions of the Director of OMB relating to budg-
etary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
Page 195
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13610. IDENTIFYING AND REDUCING
REGULATORY BURDENS
Ex. Ord. No. 13610, May 10, 2012, 77 F.R. 28469, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to modernize our regulatory sys-
tem and to reduce unjustified regulatory burdens and
costs, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. Regulations play an indispensable
role in protecting public health, welfare, safety, and
our environment, but they can also impose significant
burdens and costs. During challenging economic times,
we should be especially careful not to impose unjusti-
fied regulatory requirements. For this reason, it is par-
ticularly important for agencies to conduct retrospec-
tive analyses of existing rules to examine whether they
remain justified and whether they should be modified
or streamlined in light of changed circumstances, in-
cluding the rise of new technologies.
Executive Order 13563 of January 18, 2011 (Improving
Regulation and Regulatory Review), states that our
regulatory system ‘‘must measure, and seek to im-
prove, the actual results of regulatory requirements.’’
To promote this goal, that Executive Order requires
agencies not merely to conduct a single exercise, but to
engage in ‘‘periodic review of existing significant regu-
lations.’’ Pursuant to section 6(b) of that Executive
Order, agencies are required to develop retrospective
review plans to review existing significant regulations
in order to ‘‘determine whether any such regulations
should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or re-
pealed.’’ The purpose of this requirement is to ‘‘make
the agency’s regulatory program more effective or less
burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.’’
In response to Executive Order 13563, agencies have
developed and made available for public comment ret-
rospective review plans that identify over five hundred
initiatives. A small fraction of those initiatives, al-
ready finalized or formally proposed to the public, are
anticipated to eliminate billions of dollars in regu-
latory costs and tens of millions of hours in annual pa-
perwork burdens. Significantly larger savings are an-
ticipated as the plans are implemented and as action is
taken on additional initiatives.
As a matter of longstanding practice and to satisfy
statutory obligations, many agencies engaged in peri-
odic review of existing regulations prior to the issuance
of Executive Order 13563. But further steps should be
taken, consistent with law, agency resources, and regu-
latory priorities, to promote public participation in
retrospective review, to modernize our regulatory sys-
tem, and to institutionalize regular assessment of sig-
nificant regulations.
SEC. 2. Public Participation in Retrospective Review.
Members of the public, including those directly and in-
directly affected by regulations, as well as State, local,
and tribal governments, have important information
about the actual effects of existing regulations. For
this reason, and consistent with Executive Order 13563,
agencies shall invite, on a regular basis (to be deter-
mined by the agency head in consultation with the Of-
fice of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA)),
public suggestions about regulations in need of retro-
spective review and about appropriate modifications to
such regulations. To promote an open exchange of in-
formation, retrospective analyses of regulations, in-
cluding supporting data, shall be released to the public
online wherever practicable.
SEC. 3. Setting Priorities. In implementing and improv-
ing their retrospective review plans, and in considering
retrospective review suggestions from the public, agen-
cies shall give priority, consistent with law, to those
initiatives that will produce significant quantifiable
monetary savings or significant quantifiable reductions
in paperwork burdens while protecting public health,
welfare, safety, and our environment. To the extent
practicable and permitted by law, agencies shall also
give special consideration to initiatives that would re-
duce unjustified regulatory burdens or simplify or har-
monize regulatory requirements imposed on small busi-
nesses. Consistent with Executive Order 13563 and Exec-
utive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993 (Regulatory
Planning and Review), agencies shall give consider-
ation to the cumulative effects of their own regula-
tions, including cumulative burdens, and shall to the
extent practicable and consistent with law give pri-
ority to reforms that would make significant progress
in reducing those burdens while protecting public
health, welfare, safety, and our environment.
SEC. 4. Accountability. Agencies shall regularly report
on the status of their retrospective review efforts to
OIRA. Agency reports should describe progress, antici-
pated accomplishments, and proposed timelines for rel-
evant actions, with an emphasis on the priorities de-
scribed in section 3 of this order. Agencies shall submit
draft reports to OIRA on September 10, 2012, and on the
second Monday of January and July for each year
thereafter, unless directed otherwise through subse-
quent guidance from OIRA. Agencies shall make final
reports available to the public within a reasonable pe-
riod (not to exceed three weeks from the date of sub-
mission of draft reports to OIRA).
SEC. 5. General Provisions. (a) For purposes of this
order, ‘‘agency’’ means any authority of the United
States that is an ‘‘agency’’ under 44 U.S.C. 3502(1),
other than those considered to be independent regu-
latory agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5).
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair
or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to a department or
agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(c) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13707. USING BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE INSIGHTS
TO BETTER SERVE THE AMERICAN PEOPLE
Ex. Ord. No. 13707, Sept. 15, 2015, 80 F.R. 56365, pro-
vided:
A growing body of evidence demonstrates that behav-
ioral science insights—research findings from fields
such as behavioral economics and psychology about
how people make decisions and act on them—can be
used to design government policies to better serve the
American people.
Where Federal policies have been designed to reflect
behavioral science insights, they have substantially
improved outcomes for the individuals, families, com-
munities, and businesses those policies serve. For ex-
ample, automatic enrollment and automatic escalation
in retirement savings plans have made it easier to save
for the future, and have helped Americans accumulate
billions of dollars in additional retirement savings.
Similarly, streamlining the application process for
Federal financial aid has made college more financially
accessible for millions of students.
To more fully realize the benefits of behavioral in-
sights and deliver better results at a lower cost for the
Page 196
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
American people, the Federal Government should de-
sign its policies and programs to reflect our best under-
standing of how people engage with, participate in, use,
and respond to those policies and programs. By improv-
ing the effectiveness and efficiency of Government, be-
havioral science insights can support a range of na-
tional priorities, including helping workers to find bet-
ter jobs; enabling Americans to lead longer, healthier
lives; improving access to educational opportunities
and support for success in school; and accelerating the
transition to a low-carbon economy.
NOW, THEREFORE, by the authority vested in me as
President by the Constitution and the laws of the
United States, I hereby direct the following:
SECTION 1. Behavioral Science Insights Policy Directive.
(a) Executive departments and agencies (agencies)
are encouraged to:
(i) identify policies, programs, and operations where
applying behavioral science insights may yield sub-
stantial improvements in public welfare, program out-
comes, and program cost effectiveness;
(ii) develop strategies for applying behavioral science
insights to programs and, where possible, rigorously
test and evaluate the impact of these insights;
(iii) recruit behavioral science experts to join the
Federal Government as necessary to achieve the goals
of this directive; and
(iv) strengthen agency relationships with the re-
search community to better use empirical findings
from the behavioral sciences.
(b) In implementing the policy directives in section
(a), agencies shall:
(i) identify opportunities to help qualifying individ-
uals, families, communities, and businesses access pub-
lic programs and benefits by, as appropriate, stream-
lining processes that may otherwise limit or delay par-
ticipation—for example, removing administrative hur-
dles, shortening wait times, and simplifying forms;
(ii) improve how information is presented to con-
sumers, borrowers, program beneficiaries, and other in-
dividuals, whether as directly conveyed by the agency,
or in setting standards for the presentation of informa-
tion, by considering how the content, format, timing,
and medium by which information is conveyed affects
comprehension and action by individuals, as appro-
priate;
(iii) identify programs that offer choices and care-
fully consider how the presentation and structure of
those choices, including the order, number, and ar-
rangement of options, can most effectively promote
public welfare, as appropriate, giving particular consid-
eration to the selection and setting of default options;
and
(iv) review elements of their policies and programs
that are designed to encourage or make it easier for
Americans to take specific actions, such as saving for
retirement or completing education programs. In doing
so, agencies shall consider how the timing, frequency,
presentation, and labeling of benefits, taxes, subsidies,
and other incentives can more effectively and effi-
ciently promote those actions, as appropriate. Par-
ticular attention should be paid to opportunities to use
nonfinancial incentives.
(c) For policies with a regulatory component, agen-
cies are encouraged to combine this behavioral science
insights policy directive with their ongoing review of
existing significant regulations to identify and reduce
regulatory burdens, as appropriate and consistent with
Executive Order 13563 of January 18, 2011 (Improving
Regulation and Regulatory Review), and Executive
Order 13610 of May 10, 2012 (Identifying and Reducing
Regulatory Burdens).
SEC. 2. Implementation of the Behavioral Science In-
sights Policy Directive. (a) The Social and Behavioral
Sciences Team (SBST), under the National Science and
Technology Council (NSTC) and chaired by the Assist-
ant to the President for Science and Technology, shall
provide agencies with advice and policy guidance to
help them execute the policy objectives outlined in sec-
tion 1 of this order, as appropriate.
(b) The NSTC shall release a yearly report summa-
rizing agency implementation of section 1 of this order
each year until 2019. Member agencies of the SBST are
expected to contribute to this report.
(c) To help execute the policy directive set forth in
section 1 of this order, the Chair of the SBST shall,
within 45 days of the date of this order and thereafter
as necessary, issue guidance to assist agencies in im-
plementing this order.
SEC. 3. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to a department or
agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) Independent agencies are strongly encouraged to
comply with the requirements of this order.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13725. STEPS TO INCREASE COMPETITION
AND BETTER INFORM CONSUMERS
AND WORKERS TO
SUPPORT CONTINUED GROWTH OF THE AMERICAN ECON-
OMY
Ex. Ord. No. 13725, Apr. 15, 2016, 81 F.R. 23417, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to protect American consumers
and workers and encourage competition in the U.S.
economy, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. Maintaining, encouraging, and sup-
porting a fair, efficient, and competitive marketplace
is a cornerstone of the American economy. Consumers
and workers need both competitive markets and infor-
mation to make informed choices.
Certain business practices such as unlawful collusion,
illegal bid rigging, price fixing, and wage setting, as
well as anticompetitive exclusionary conduct and
mergers stifle competition and erode the foundation of
America’s economic vitality. The immediate results of
such conduct—higher prices and poorer service for cus-
tomers, less innovation, fewer new businesses being
launched, and reduced opportunities for workers—can
impact Americans in every walk of life.
Competitive markets also help advance national pri-
orities, such as the delivery of affordable health care,
energy independence, and improved access to fast and
affordable broadband. Competitive markets also pro-
mote economic growth, which creates opportunity for
American workers and encourages entrepreneurs to
start innovative companies that create jobs.
The Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Federal
Trade Commission (FTC) have a proven record of de-
tecting and stopping anticompetitive conduct and chal-
lenging mergers and acquisitions that threaten to con-
solidate markets and reduce competition.
Promoting competitive markets and ensuring that
consumers and workers have access to the information
needed to make informed choices must be a shared pri-
ority across the Federal Government. Executive de-
partments and agencies can contribute to these goals
through, among other things, pro-competitive rule-
making and regulations, and by eliminating regula-
tions that create barriers to or limit competition. Such
Government-wide action is essential to ensuring that
consumers, workers, startups, small businesses, and
farms reap the full benefits of competitive markets.
SEC. 2. Agency Responsibilities. (a) Executive depart-
ments and agencies with authorities that could be used
to enhance competition (agencies) shall, where con-
Page 197
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
sistent with other laws, use those authorities to pro-
mote competition, arm consumers and workers with
the information they need to make informed choices,
and eliminate regulations that restrict competition
without corresponding benefits to the American public.
(b) Agencies shall identify specific actions that they
can take in their areas of responsibility to build upon
efforts to detect abuses such as price fixing, anti-
competitive behavior in labor and other input markets,
exclusionary conduct, and blocking access to critical
resources that are needed for competitive entry. Behav-
iors that appear to violate our antitrust laws should be
referred to antitrust enforcers at DOJ and the FTC.
Such a referral shall not preclude further action by the
referring agency against that behavior under that
agency’s relevant statutory authority.
(c) Agencies shall also identify specific actions that
they can take in their areas of responsibility to address
undue burdens on competition. As permitted by law,
agencies shall consult with other interested parties to
identify ways that the agency can promote competition
through pro-competitive rulemaking and regulations,
by providing consumers and workers with information
they need to make informed choices, and by elimi-
nating regulations that restrict competition without
corresponding benefits to the American public.
(d) Not later than 30 days from the date of this order,
agencies shall submit to the Director of the National
Economic Council an initial list of (1) actions each
agency can potentially take to promote more competi-
tive markets; (2) any specific practices, such as block-
ing access to critical resources, that potentially re-
strict meaningful consumer or worker choice or unduly
stifle new market entrants, along with any actions the
agency can potentially take to address those practices;
and (3) any relevant authorities and tools potentially
available to enhance competition or make information
more widely available for consumers and workers.
(e) Not later than 60 days from the date of this order,
agencies shall report to the President, through the Di-
rector of the National Economic Council, recommenda-
tions on agency-specific actions that eliminate barriers
to competition, promote greater competition, and im-
prove consumer access to information needed to make
informed purchasing decisions. Such recommendations
shall include a list of priority actions, including
rulemakings, as well as timelines for completing those
actions.
(f) Subsequently, agencies shall report semi-annually
to the President, through the Director of the National
Economic Council, on additional actions that they plan
to undertake to promote greater competition.
(g) Sections 2(d), 2(e), and 2(f) of this order do not re-
quire reporting of information related to law enforce-
ment policy and activities.
SEC. 3. General Provisions. (a) This order shall be im-
plemented consistent with applicable law and subject
to the availability of appropriations.
(b) Independent agencies are strongly encouraged to
comply with the requirements of this order.
(c) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair
or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to a department or
agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EX. ORD. NO. 13748. ESTABLISHING A COMMUNITY
SOLUTIONS COUNCIL
Ex. Ord. No. 13748, Nov. 16, 2016, 81 F.R. 83619, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. Place is a strong determinant of op-
portunity and well-being. Research shows that the
neighborhood in which a child grows up impacts his or
her odds of going to college, enjoying good health, and
obtaining a lifetime of economic opportunities. Even
after 73 consecutive months of total job growth since
2009, communities of persistent poverty remain and for
far too many, the odds are stacked against opportunity
and achieving the American dream. In addition, be-
tween now and 2050, growing our economy, expected
population growth, climate change, and demographic
shifts will require major new investments in physical,
social, and technological infrastructure.
Specific challenges in communities—including crime,
access to care, opportunities to pursue quality edu-
cation, lack of housing options, unemployment, and de-
teriorating infrastructure—can be met by leveraging
Federal assistance and resources. While the Federal
Government provides rural, suburban, urban, and tribal
communities with significant investments in aid annu-
ally, coordinating these investments, as appropriate,
across agencies based on locally led visions can more
effectively reach communities of greatest need to
maximize impact. In recent years, the Federal Govern-
ment has deepened its engagement with communities,
recognizing the critical role of these partnerships in
enabling Americans to live healthier and more pros-
perous lives. Since 2015, the Community Solutions Task
Force, comprising executive departments, offices, and
agencies (agencies) across the Federal Government, has
served as the primary interagency coordinator of agen-
cy work to engage with communities to deliver im-
proved outcomes. This order builds on recent work to
facilitate inter-agency and community-level collabora-
tion to meet the unique needs of communities in a way
that reflects these communities’ local assets, econo-
mies, geography, size, history, strengths, talent net-
works, and visions for the future.
SEC. 2. Principles. Our effort to modernize the Federal
Government’s work with communities is rooted in the
following principles:
(a) A community-driven, locally led vision and long-
term plan for clear outcomes should guide individual
projects.
(b) The Federal Government should coordinate its ef-
forts at the Federal, regional, State, local, tribal, and
community level, and with cross-sector partners, to
offer a more seamless process for communities to ac-
cess needed support and ensure equitable investments.
(c) The Federal Government should help communities
identify, develop, and share local solutions, rely on
data to determine what does and does not work, and
harness technology and modern collaboration and en-
gagement methods to help share these solutions and
help communities meet their local goals.
SEC. 3. Community Solutions Council.
(a) Establishment. There is hereby established a Coun-
cil for Community Solutions (Council), led by two Co-
Chairs. One Co-Chair will be an Assistant to the Presi-
dent or the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget, as designated by the President. The second Co-
Chair will be rotated every 4 years and designated by
the President from among the heads of the Depart-
ments of Justice, Agriculture, Commerce, Labor,
Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Devel-
opment, Transportation, and Education, and the Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency (Agency Co-Chair).
(b) Membership. The Council shall consist of the fol-
lowing members:
(i) the Secretary of State;
(ii) the Secretary of the Treasury;
(iii) the Secretary of Defense;
(iv) the Attorney General;
(v) the Secretary of the Interior;
(vi) the Secretary of Agriculture;
(vii) the Secretary of Commerce;
(viii) the Secretary of Labor;
(ix) the Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(x) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development;
(xi) the Secretary of Transportation;
Page 198
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(xii) the Secretary of Energy;
(xiii) the Secretary of Education;
(xiv) the Secretary of Veterans Affairs;
(xv) the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(xvi) the Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency;
(xvii) the Administrator of General Services;
(xviii) the Administrator of the Small Business Ad-
ministration;
(xix) the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation
for National and Community Service;
(xx) the Chairperson of the National Endowment for
the Arts;
(xxi) the Director of the Institute for Museum and Li-
brary Services;
(xxii) the Federal Co-Chair of the Delta Regional Au-
thority;
(xxiii) the Federal Co-Chair of the Appalachian Re-
gional Commission;
(xxiv) the Director of the Office of Personnel Manage-
ment;
(xxv) the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget;
(xxvi) the Chair of the Council of Economic Advisers;
(xxvii) the Assistant to the President for Intergovern-
mental Affairs and Public Engagement;
(xxviii) the Assistant to the President and Cabinet
Secretary;
(xxix) the Assistant to the President for Economic
Policy and Director of the National Economic Council;
(xxx) the Chair of the Council on Environmental
Quality;
(xxxi) the Director of the Office of Science and Tech-
nology Policy;
(xxxii) the Assistant to the President and Chief Tech-
nology Officer;
(xxxiii) the Administrator of the United States Dig-
ital Service; and
(xxxiv) other officials, as the Co-Chairs may des-
ignate or invite to participate.
(c) Administration.
(i) The President will designate one of the Co-Chairs
to appoint or designate, as appropriate, an Executive
Director, who shall coordinate the Council’s activities.
The department, agency, or component within the Ex-
ecutive Office of the President in which the Executive
Director is appointed or designated, as appropriate,
(funding entity) shall provide funding and administra-
tive support for the Council to the extent permitted by
law and within existing appropriations as may be nec-
essary for the performance of its functions.
(ii) To the extent permitted by law, including the
Economy Act, and within existing appropriations, par-
ticipating agencies may detail staff to the funding enti-
ty to support the Council’s coordination and implemen-
tation efforts.
(iii) The Co-Chairs shall convene regular meetings of
the Council, determine its agenda, and direct its work.
At the direction of the Co-Chairs, the Council may es-
tablish subgroups consisting exclusively of Council
members or their designees, as appropriate.
(iv) A member of the Council may designate a senior-
level official who is part of the member’s department,
agency, or office to perform the Council functions of
the member.
SEC. 4. Mission and Priorities of the Council. (a) The
Council shall foster collaboration across agencies, pol-
icy councils, and offices to coordinate actions, identify
working solutions to share broadly, and develop and
implement policy recommendations that put the com-
munity-driven, locally led vision at the center of pol-
icymaking. The Council shall:
(i) Work across agencies to coordinate investments in
initiatives and practices that align the work of the
Federal Government to have the greatest impact on the
lives of individuals and communities.
(ii) Use evidence-based practices in policymaking, in-
cluding identifying existing solutions, scaling up prac-
tices that are working, and designing solutions with
regular input of the individuals and communities to be
served.
(iii) Invest in recruiting, training, and retaining tal-
ent to further the effective delivery of services to indi-
viduals and communities and empower them with best-
practice community engagement options, open govern-
ment transparency methods, equitable policy ap-
proaches, technical assistance and capacity building
tools, and data-driven practice.
(b) Consistent with the principles set forth in this
order and in accordance with applicable law, including
the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Council
should conduct outreach to representatives of nonprofit
organizations, civil rights organizations, businesses,
labor and professional organizations, start-up and en-
trepreneurial communities, State, local, and tribal gov-
ernment agencies, school districts, youth, elected offi-
cials, seniors, faith and other community-based organi-
zations, philanthropies, technologists, other institu-
tions of local importance, and other interested or af-
fected persons with relevant expertise in the expansion
and improvement of efforts to build local capacity, en-
sure equity, and address economic, social, environ-
mental, and other issues in communities or regions.
SEC. 5. Executive Orders 13560 and 13602, and Building
Upon Other Efforts. This order supersedes Executive
Order 13560 of December 14, 2010 (White House Council
for Community Solutions), and Executive Order 13602 of
March 15, 2012 (Establishing a White House Council on
Strong Cities, Strong Communities), which are hereby
revoked.
This Council builds on existing efforts involving Fed-
eral working groups, task forces, memoranda of agree-
ment, and initiatives, including the Community Solu-
tions Task Force, the Federal Working Groups dedi-
cated to supporting the needs and priorities of local
leadership in Detroit, Baltimore, and Pine Ridge; the
Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice;
the Partnership for Sustainable Communities; Local
Foods, Local Places; Performance Partnership Pilots
for
Disconnected
Youth;
Empowerment
Zones;
StrikeForce; Partnerships for Opportunity and Work-
force and Economic Revitalization; the Neighborhood
Revitalization Initiative; Climate Action Champions;
Better Communities Alliance; Investing in Manufac-
turing Communities Partnership; Promise Zones; and
the 2016 Memorandum of Agreement on Interagency
Technical Assistance. The Council shall also coordinate
with existing Chief Officer Councils across the govern-
ment with oversight responsibility for human capital,
performance improvement, and financial assistance.
SEC. 6. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment, agency, or the head thereof, or the status of
that department or agency within the Federal Govern-
ment; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13771
Ex. Ord. No. 13771, Jan. 30, 2017, 82 F.R. 9339, which re-
quired an executive department or agency that publicly
proposes for notice and comment or otherwise promul-
gates a new regulation to identify at least two existing
regulations to be repealed for fiscal year 2017, and for
subsequent fiscal years required annual regulatory cost
submissions to the Office of Management and Budget,
was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13992, § 2, Jan. 20, 2021, 86
F.R. 7049, set out in a note under section 551 of this
title.
Page 199
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13777
Ex. Ord. No. 13777, Feb. 24, 2017, 82 F.R. 12285, which
established Regulatory Reform Task Forces to identify
certain regulations to repeal, replace, or modify, was
revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13992, § 2, Jan. 20, 2021, 86 F.R.
7049, set out in a note under section 551 of this title.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13828
Ex. Ord. No. 13828, Apr. 10, 2018, 83 F.R. 15941, which
required certain agencies to review their regulations
and guidance documents relating to public assistance
programs, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 14018, § 1, Feb.
24, 2021, 86 F.R. 11855.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13891
Ex. Ord. No. 13891, Oct. 9, 2019, 84 F.R. 55235, which re-
lated to agency non-binding guidance documents, was
revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13992, § 2, Jan. 20, 2021, 86 F.R.
7049, set out in a note under section 551 of this title.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13893
Ex. Ord. No. 13893, Oct. 10, 2019, 84 F.R. 55487, which
related to reducing mandatory spending incurred by
discretionary administrative actions, was revoked by
Ex. Ord. No. 13992, § 2, Jan. 20, 2021, 86 F.R. 7049, set out
in a note under section 551 of this title.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13924
Ex. Ord. No. 13924, May 19, 2020, 85 F.R. 31353, which
related to regulatory relief to support recovery from
the economic consequences of COVID–19, was revoked
by Ex. Ord. No. 14018, § 1, Feb. 24, 2021, 86 F.R. 11855.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13927
Ex. Ord. No. 13927, June 4, 2020, 85 F.R. 35165, which
related to accelerating the nation’s economic recovery
from the COVID–19 emergency by expediting infrastruc-
ture investments and other activities, was revoked by
Ex. Ord. No. 13990, § 7(a), Jan. 20, 2021, 86 F.R. 7041, set
out in a note under section 4321 of Title 42, The Public
Health and Welfare.
EX. ORD. NO. 13966. INCREASING ECONOMIC AND
GEOGRAPHIC MOBILITY
Ex. Ord. No. 13966, Dec. 14, 2020, 85 F.R. 81777, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, including section 305 of title 5, United States
Code, and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, it
is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy and Principles. As expressed in Exec-
utive Order 13777 of February 24, 2017 (Enforcing the
Regulatory Reform Agenda) [formerly set out above], it
is the policy of the United States to alleviate unneces-
sary regulatory burdens placed on the American people.
Overly burdensome occupational licensing require-
ments can impede job creation and slow economic
growth, which undermines our Nation’s prosperity and
the economic well-being of the American people. Such
regulations can prevent American workers and job
seekers from earning a living, maximizing their per-
sonal and economic potential, and achieving the Amer-
ican Dream. The purpose of this order is to reduce the
burden of occupational regulations in order to promote
the free practice of commerce, lower consumer costs,
and increase economic and geographic mobility, includ-
ing for military spouses.
My Administration is committed to continuing this
important work by partnering with State, local, terri-
torial, and tribal leaders throughout the country to
eliminate harmful occupational regulations, which are
frequently designed to protect politically connected in-
terest groups. To this end, in October 2019, my Admin-
istration announced the establishment of the Gov-
ernors’ Initiative on Regulatory Innovation, which
works with State, local, and tribal leaders to advance
occupational licensing reforms, better align State and
Federal regulations, and eliminate unnecessary regula-
tions that drive up consumer costs.
Occupational regulations can protect practitioners
from competition rather than protect the public from
malpractice. Unfortunately, the number of occupa-
tional regulations has substantially increased over the
last few decades. Since the 1950s, the percentage of jobs
requiring a government-mandated occupational license
has increased from less than 5 percent to between 25
and 30 percent. By requiring workers to acquire new li-
censes when they move to a new jurisdiction, occupa-
tional regulations reduce worker mobility, dispropor-
tionately harm low-income Americans, and are particu-
larly burdensome to military spouses who must relo-
cate to support the service members committed to
keeping our country safe. Additionally, blanket prohi-
bitions that prevent individuals with criminal records
from obtaining occupational licenses may exacerbate
disparities in employment opportunity and increase
the likelihood of recidivism, particularly as regulatory
barriers to enter lower- and middle-income occupations
are associated with higher recidivism rates. Licensing
requirements unnecessary to protect consumers from
significant and demonstrable harm also frequently im-
pose expensive educational requirements on potential
job seekers, even for occupations with limited future
earnings potential. According to recent research, li-
censing requirements have cost our country an esti-
mated 2.85 million jobs and over $200 billion annually in
increased consumer costs.
Therefore, it is the policy of the United States Gov-
ernment to support occupational regulation reform
throughout the Nation, building on occupational li-
censing reforms enacted most recently in Arizona,
Florida, Iowa, Missouri, and South Dakota, guided by
six principles:
Principle 1. All recognized occupational licensure
boards should be subject to active supervision of [sic] a
designated governmental agency or office.
Principle 2. All occupational licensure boards recog-
nized by a State, territorial, or tribal government that
oversee personal qualifications related to the practice
of an occupation should adopt and maintain the cri-
teria and methods of occupational regulation that are
least restrictive to competition sufficient to protect
consumers from significant and demonstrable harm to
their health and safety. The policies and procedures of
such boards should be designed to protect consumer
and worker safety and to encourage competition.
Principle 3. State, territorial, and tribal governments
should review existing occupational regulations, in-
cluding associated scope-of-practice provisions, to en-
sure that their requirements are the least restrictive to
competition sufficient to protect consumers from sig-
nificant and demonstrable harm. State, territorial, and
tribal governments should also regularly review and
analyze all occupational regulations, including associ-
ated personal qualifications required to obtain an occu-
pational license, to ensure the adoption of the least re-
strictive requirements necessary to protect consumers
from significant and demonstrable harm.
Principle 4. Individuals with criminal records should
be encouraged to submit to the appropriate licensure
board a preliminary application for an occupational li-
cense for a determination as to whether the criminal
record would preclude their attainment of the appro-
priate occupational license.
Principle 5. A State, territorial, or tribal government
should issue an occupational license to a person in the
discipline applied for and at the same level of practice
if the individual satisfies four requirements:
(a) the individual holds an occupational license for
that discipline from another jurisdiction in the United
States and is in good standing;
(b) the individual verifies having met, as applicable,
the minimum examination, education, work, or clin-
ical-supervision requirements imposed by the State,
territory, or tribe;
(c) the individual:
(i) has not had the license previously revoked or sus-
pended;
Page 200
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(ii) has not been disciplined related to the license by
any other regulating entity; and
(iii) is not subject to any pending complaint, allega-
tion, or investigation related to the license; and
(d) the individual pays all applicable fees required to
obtain the new license.
Principle 6. Accommodations should be made for any
applicant for an occupational license who is the spouse
of an active duty member of the uniformed services and
who is relocating with the member due to the member’s
official permanent change of station orders.
SEC. 2. Review of and Report on Authorities, Regula-
tions, Guidance, and Policies. The head of each executive
department and agency (agency) shall, within 90 days
of the date of this order [Dec. 14, 2020] and every 2 years
thereafter:
(a) review the agency’s authorities, regulations, guid-
ance, and polices to identify changes necessary to en-
sure alignment with the principles set forth in section
1 of this order; and
(b) submit a report to the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget (Director of OMB), the Assist-
ant to the President for Domestic Policy, and the As-
sistant to the President and Director of Intergovern-
mental Affairs (Director of IGA) identifying all nec-
essary changes identified pursuant to subsection (a) of
this section.
SEC. 3. Identification and Report of Opportunities to En-
courage Occupational Regulation Reform. (a) Within 90
days of the date of this order, and every 2 years there-
after, the head of each agency shall submit a report to
the Director of OMB, the Assistant to the President for
Domestic Policy, and the Director of IGA identifying a
list of recommended actions available to any and all
agencies to recognize and reward State, territorial, and
tribal governments that have in place policies and pro-
cedures regarding occupational regulation that are
consistent with the principles set forth in section 1 of
this order; and
(b) Within 120 days of the date of this order, and
every 2 years thereafter, the Assistant to the President
for Domestic Policy, in consultation with the Sec-
retary of Commerce, the Secretary of Labor, the Direc-
tor of OMB, the Administrator of the Small Business
Administration, the Director of IGA, and the heads of
other agencies and offices as appropriate, shall submit
a report to the President identifying:
(i) recommended changes to Federal law, regulations,
guidance, and other policies to ensure alignment with
the principles set forth in section 1 of this order;
(ii) recommended actions to be taken by agencies to
recognize and reward State, territorial, and tribal gov-
ernments that have in place policies and procedures re-
garding occupational regulation that are consistent
with the principles set forth in section 1 of this order;
and
(iii) a list of criteria that may be used to evaluate
whether a State, territorial, or tribal government has
in place policies and procedures that are consistent
with the principles set forth in section 1 of this order.
SEC. 4. Implementation of Recommendations to Recognize
and Reward State, Territorial, and Tribal Regulatory Re-
form. (a) Within 180 days of the date of this order, and
every 2 years thereafter, the Administrator of the
Small Business Administration, in consultation with
the Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of Labor,
the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the
heads of other agencies as appropriate, shall seek and
report on information from State, territorial, and trib-
al governments regarding whether they have in place
policies and procedures consistent with the principles
set forth in section 1 of this order and shall make the
report
publicly
available,
including
on
agencies’
websites. The information sought shall be consistent
with the criteria identified as required by section
3(b)(iii) of this order.
(b) Consistent with applicable law, and to the extent
that the President approves any of the actions rec-
ommended pursuant to section 3(b)(ii) of this order,
agencies shall implement such actions for the purpose
of recognizing and rewarding a State, territorial, or
tribal government that has in place policies and proce-
dures regarding occupational regulation that are con-
sistent with the principles set forth in section 1 of this
order.
SEC. 5. Definitions. For the purposes of this order:
(a) ‘‘Active supervision’’ means:
(i) reviewing proposed occupational licensure board
rules, policies, or other regulatory actions that may re-
strict market competition prior to issuance;
(ii) ensuring that any entity seeking to impose occu-
pational licensing criteria adopts the criteria that are
least restrictive to competition sufficient to protect
consumers from significant and demonstrable harm to
their health or safety; and
(iii) analyzing, where information is readily avail-
able, the effects of proposed rules, policies, and other
regulatory actions on employment opportunities, con-
sumer costs, market competition, and administrative
costs.
(b) ‘‘Agency’’ has the meaning given that term in sec-
tion 3502(1) of title 44, United States Code, except that
the term does not include the agencies described in sec-
tion 3502(5) of title 44, United States Code, other than
the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
(c) ‘‘Occupational license’’ means a license, registra-
tion, or certification without which an individual lacks
the legal permission of a State, local, territorial, or
tribal government to perform certain defined services
for compensation.
(d) ‘‘Occupational regulation’’ includes:
(i) licensing or government certification, by which a
government body requires personal qualifications in
order to be permitted to practice an occupation; and
(ii) registration, bonding, or inspections, by which a
government body does not require personal qualifica-
tions in order to be permitted to practice an occupa-
tion.
SEC. 6. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
DONALD J. TRUMP.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13980
Ex. Ord. No. 13980, Jan. 18, 2021, 86 F.R. 6817, which re-
lated to regulations that may subject a violator to
criminal penalties, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 14029,
§ 1, May 14, 2021, 86 F.R. 27025.
EX. ORD. NO. 13985. ADVANCING RACIAL EQUITY AND SUP-
PORT
FOR UNDERSERVED COMMUNITIES THROUGH
THE
FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
Ex. Ord. No. 13985, Jan. 20, 2021, 86 F.R. 7009, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered:
SECTION 1. Policy. Equal opportunity is the bedrock of
American democracy, and our diversity is one of our
country’s greatest strengths. But for too many, the
American Dream remains out of reach. Entrenched dis-
parities in our laws and public policies, and in our pub-
lic and private institutions, have often denied that
equal opportunity to individuals and communities. Our
country faces converging economic, health, and cli-
mate crises that have exposed and exacerbated inequi-
ties, while a historic movement for justice has high-
lighted the unbearable human costs of systemic racism.
Page 201
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
Our Nation deserves an ambitious whole-of-government
equity agenda that matches the scale of the opportuni-
ties and challenges that we face.
It is therefore the policy of my Administration that
the Federal Government should pursue a comprehen-
sive approach to advancing equity for all, including
people of color and others who have been historically
underserved, marginalized, and adversely affected by
persistent poverty and inequality. Affirmatively ad-
vancing equity, civil rights, racial justice, and equal
opportunity is the responsibility of the whole of our
Government. Because advancing equity requires a sys-
tematic approach to embedding fairness in decision-
making processes, executive departments and agencies
(agencies) must recognize and work to redress inequi-
ties in their policies and programs that serve as bar-
riers to equal opportunity.
By advancing equity across the Federal Government,
we can create opportunities for the improvement of
communities that have been historically underserved,
which benefits everyone. For example, an analysis
shows that closing racial gaps in wages, housing credit,
lending opportunities, and access to higher education
would amount to an additional $5 trillion in gross do-
mestic product in the American economy over the next
5 years. The Federal Government’s goal in advancing
equity is to provide everyone with the opportunity to
reach their full potential. Consistent with these aims,
each agency must assess whether, and to what extent,
its programs and policies perpetuate systemic barriers
to opportunities and benefits for people of color and
other underserved groups. Such assessments will better
equip agencies to develop policies and programs that
deliver resources and benefits equitably to all.
SEC. 2. Definitions. For purposes of this order: (a) The
term ‘‘equity’’ means the consistent and systematic
fair, just, and impartial treatment of all individuals,
including individuals who belong to underserved com-
munities that have been denied such treatment, such as
Black, Latino, and Indigenous and Native American
persons, Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders and
other persons of color; members of religious minorities;
lesbian,
gay,
bisexual,
transgender,
and
queer
(LGBTQ+) persons; persons with disabilities; persons
who live in rural areas; and persons otherwise ad-
versely affected by persistent poverty or inequality.
(b) The term ‘‘underserved communities’’ refers to
populations sharing a particular characteristic, as well
as geographic communities, that have been systemati-
cally denied a full opportunity to participate in aspects
of economic, social, and civic life, as exemplified by the
list in the preceding definition of ‘‘equity.’’
SEC. 3. Role of the Domestic Policy Council. The role of
the White House Domestic Policy Council (DPC) is to
coordinate the formulation and implementation of my
Administration’s domestic policy objectives. Con-
sistent with this role, the DPC will coordinate efforts
to embed equity principles, policies, and approaches
across the Federal Government. This will include ef-
forts to remove systemic barriers to and provide equal
access to opportunities and benefits, identify commu-
nities the Federal Government has underserved, and de-
velop policies designed to advance equity for those
communities. The DPC-led interagency process will en-
sure that these efforts are made in coordination with
the directors of the National Security Council and the
National Economic Council.
SEC. 4. Identifying Methods to Assess Equity. (a) The Di-
rector of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
shall, in partnership with the heads of agencies, study
methods for assessing whether agency policies and ac-
tions create or exacerbate barriers to full and equal
participation by all eligible individuals. The study
should aim to identify the best methods, consistent
with applicable law, to assist agencies in assessing eq-
uity with respect to race, ethnicity, religion, income,
geography, gender identity, sexual orientation, and dis-
ability.
(b) As part of this study, the Director of OMB shall
consider whether to recommend that agencies employ
pilot programs to test model assessment tools and as-
sist agencies in doing so.
(c) Within 6 months of the date of this order [Jan. 20,
2021], the Director of OMB shall deliver a report to the
President describing the best practices identified by
the study and, as appropriate, recommending ap-
proaches to expand use of those methods across the
Federal Government.
SEC. 5. Conducting an Equity Assessment in Federal
Agencies. The head of each agency, or designee, shall, in
consultation with the Director of OMB, select certain
of the agency’s programs and policies for a review that
will assess whether underserved communities and their
members face systemic barriers in accessing benefits
and opportunities available pursuant to those policies
and programs. The head of each agency, or designee,
shall conduct such review and within 200 days of the
date of this order provide a report to the Assistant to
the President for Domestic Policy (APDP) reflecting
findings on the following:
(a) Potential barriers that underserved communities
and individuals may face to enrollment in and access to
benefits and services in Federal programs;
(b) Potential barriers that underserved communities
and individuals may face in taking advantage of agency
procurement and contracting opportunities;
(c) Whether new policies, regulations, or guidance
documents may be necessary to advance equity in
agency actions and programs; and
(d) The operational status and level of institutional
resources available to offices or divisions within the
agency that are responsible for advancing civil rights
or whose mandates specifically include serving under-
represented or disadvantaged communities.
SEC. 6. Allocating Federal Resources to Advance Fairness
and Opportunity. The Federal Government should, con-
sistent with applicable law, allocate resources to ad-
dress the historic failure to invest sufficiently, justly,
and equally in underserved communities, as well as in-
dividuals from those communities. To this end:
(a) The Director of OMB shall identify opportunities
to promote equity in the budget that the President sub-
mits to the Congress.
(b) The Director of OMB shall, in coordination with
the heads of agencies, study strategies, consistent with
applicable law, for allocating Federal resources in a
manner that increases investment in underserved com-
munities, as well as individuals from those commu-
nities. The Director of OMB shall report the findings of
this study to the President.
SEC. 7. Promoting Equitable Delivery of Government Ben-
efits and Equitable Opportunities. Government programs
are designed to serve all eligible individuals. And Gov-
ernment contracting and procurement opportunities
should be available on an equal basis to all eligible pro-
viders of goods and services. To meet these objectives
and to enhance compliance with existing civil rights
laws:
(a) Within 1 year of the date of this order, the head
of each agency shall consult with the APDP and the Di-
rector of OMB to produce a plan for addressing:
(i) any barriers to full and equal participation in pro-
grams identified pursuant to section 5(a) of this order;
and
(ii) any barriers to full and equal participation in
agency procurement and contracting opportunities
identified pursuant to section 5(b) of this order.
(b) The Administrator of the U.S. Digital Service, the
United States Chief Technology Officer, the Chief In-
formation Officer of the United States, and the heads of
other agencies, or their designees, shall take necessary
actions, consistent with applicable law, to support
agencies in developing such plans.
SEC. 8. Engagement with Members of Underserved Com-
munities. In carrying out this order, agencies shall con-
sult with members of communities that have been his-
torically underrepresented in the Federal Government
and underserved by, or subject to discrimination in,
Federal policies and programs. The head of each agency
shall evaluate opportunities, consistent with applicable
Page 202
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
law, to increase coordination, communication, and en-
gagement with community-based organizations and
civil rights organizations.
SEC. 9. Establishing an Equitable Data Working Group.
Many Federal datasets are not disaggregated by race,
ethnicity, gender, disability, income, veteran status, or
other key demographic variables. This lack of data has
cascading effects and impedes efforts to measure and
advance equity. A first step to promoting equity in
Government action is to gather the data necessary to
inform that effort.
(a) Establishment. There is hereby established an
Interagency Working Group on Equitable Data (Data
Working Group).
(b) Membership.
(i) The Chief Statistician of the United States and
the United States Chief Technology Officer shall serve
as Co-Chairs of the Data Working Group and coordinate
its work. The Data Working Group shall include rep-
resentatives of agencies as determined by the Co-Chairs
to be necessary to complete the work of the Data
Working Group, but at a minimum shall include the
following officials, or their designees:
(A) the Director of OMB;
(B) the Secretary of Commerce, through the Direc-
tor of the U.S. Census Bureau;
(C) the Chair of the Council of Economic Advisers;
(D) the Chief Information Officer of the United
States;
(E) the Secretary of the Treasury, through the As-
sistant Secretary of the Treasury for Tax Policy;
(F) the Chief Data Scientist of the United States;
and
(G) the Administrator of the U.S. Digital Service.
(ii) The DPC shall work closely with the Co-Chairs of
the Data Working Group and assist in the Data Work-
ing Group’s interagency coordination functions.
(iii) The Data Working Group shall consult with
agencies to facilitate the sharing of information and
best practices, consistent with applicable law.
(c) Functions. The Data Working Group shall:
(i) through consultation with agencies, study and
provide recommendations to the APDP identifying in-
adequacies in existing Federal data collection pro-
grams, policies, and infrastructure across agencies, and
strategies for addressing any deficiencies identified;
and
(ii) support agencies in implementing actions, con-
sistent with applicable law and privacy interests, that
expand and refine the data available to the Federal
Government to measure equity and capture the diver-
sity of the American people.
(d) OMB shall provide administrative support for the
Data Working Group, consistent with applicable law.
SEC. 10. Revocation. (a) Executive Order 13950 of Sep-
tember 22, 2020 (Combating Race and Sex Stereotyping)
[former 5 U.S.C. 4103 note], is hereby revoked.
(b) The heads of agencies covered by Executive Order
13950 shall review and identify proposed and existing
agency actions related to or arising from Executive
Order 13950. The head of each agency shall, within 60
days of the date of this order, consider suspending, re-
vising, or rescinding any such actions, including all
agency actions to terminate or restrict contracts or
grants pursuant to Executive Order 13950, as appro-
priate and consistent with applicable law.
(c) Executive Order 13958 of November 2, 2020 (Estab-
lishing the President’s Advisory 1776 Commission)
[former 20 U.S.C. 3411 note], is hereby revoked.
SEC. 11. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) Independent agencies are strongly encouraged to
comply with the provisions of this order.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
J.R. BIDEN, JR.
EX. ORD. NO. 14017. AMERICA’S SUPPLY CHAINS
Ex. Ord. No. 14017, Feb. 24, 2021, 86 F.R. 11849, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. The United States needs resilient,
diverse, and secure supply chains to ensure our eco-
nomic prosperity and national security. Pandemics and
other biological threats, cyber-attacks, climate shocks
and extreme weather events, terrorist attacks, geo-
political and economic competition, and other condi-
tions can reduce critical manufacturing capacity and
the availability and integrity of critical goods, prod-
ucts, and services. Resilient American supply chains
will revitalize and rebuild domestic manufacturing ca-
pacity, maintain America’s competitive edge in re-
search and development, and create well-paying jobs.
They will also support small businesses, promote pros-
perity, advance the fight against climate change, and
encourage economic growth in communities of color
and economically distressed areas.
More resilient supply chains are secure and diverse—
facilitating greater domestic production, a range of
supply, built-in redundancies, adequate stockpiles, safe
and secure digital networks, and a world-class Amer-
ican manufacturing base and workforce. Moreover,
close cooperation on resilient supply chains with allies
and partners who share our values will foster collective
economic and national security and strengthen the ca-
pacity to respond to international disasters and emer-
gencies.
Therefore, it is the policy of my Administration to
strengthen the resilience of America’s supply chains.
SEC. 2. Coordination. The Assistant to the President
for National Security Affairs (APNSA) and the Assist-
ant to the President for Economic Policy (APEP) shall
coordinate the executive branch actions necessary to
implement this order through the interagency process
identified in National Security Memorandum 2 of Feb-
ruary 4, 2021 (Renewing the National Security Council
System). In implementing this order, the heads of
agencies should, as appropriate, consult outside stake-
holders—such as those in industry, academia, non-gov-
ernmental organizations, communities, labor unions,
and State, local, and Tribal governments—in order to
fulfill the policy identified in section 1 of this order.
SEC. 3. 100-Day Supply Chain Review. (a) To advance
the policy described in section 1 of this order, the
APNSA and the APEP, in coordination with the heads
of appropriate agencies, as defined in section 6(a) of
this order, shall complete a review of supply chain
risks, as outlined in subsection (b) of this section, with-
in 100 days of the date of this order [Feb. 24, 2021].
(b) Within 100 days of the date of this order, the speci-
fied heads of agencies shall submit the following re-
ports to the President, through the APNSA and the
APEP:
(i) The Secretary of Commerce, in consultation with
the heads of appropriate agencies, shall submit a report
identifying risks in the semiconductor manufacturing
and advanced packaging supply chains and policy rec-
ommendations to address these risks. The report shall
include the items described in section 4(c) of this order.
(ii) The Secretary of Energy, in consultation with the
heads of appropriate agencies, shall submit a report
identifying risks in the supply chain for high-capacity
batteries, including electric-vehicle batteries, and pol-
icy recommendations to address these risks. The report
shall include the items described in section 4(c) of this
order.
(iii) The Secretary of Defense (as the National De-
fense Stockpile Manager), in consultation with the
Page 203
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
heads of appropriate agencies, shall submit a report
identifying risks in the supply chain for critical min-
erals and other identified strategic materials, including
rare earth elements (as determined by the Secretary of
Defense), and policy recommendations to address these
risks. The report shall also describe and update work
done pursuant to Executive Order 13953 of September
30, 2020 (Addressing the Threat to the Domestic Supply
Chain From Reliance on Critical Minerals From For-
eign Adversaries and Supporting the Domestic Mining
and Processing Industries) [30 U.S.C. 1601 note]. The re-
port shall include the items described in section 4(c) of
this order.
(iv) The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in
consultation with the heads of appropriate agencies,
shall submit a report identifying risks in the supply
chain for pharmaceuticals and active pharmaceutical
ingredients and policy recommendations to address
these risks. The report shall complement the ongoing
work to secure the supply chains of critical items need-
ed to combat the COVID–19 pandemic, including per-
sonal protective equipment, conducted pursuant to Ex-
ecutive Order 14001 of January 21, 2021 (A Sustainable
Public Health Supply Chain) [42 U.S.C. 247d–6b note].
The report shall include the items described in section
4(c) of this order.
(c) The APNSA and the APEP shall review the re-
ports required under subsection (b) of this section and
shall submit the reports to the President in an unclas-
sified form, but may include a classified annex.
(d) The APNSA and the APEP shall include a cover
memorandum to the set of reports submitted pursuant
to this section, summarizing the reports’ findings and
making any additional overall recommendations for
addressing the risks to America’s supply chains, includ-
ing the supply chains for the products identified in sub-
section (b) of this section.
SEC. 4. Sectoral Supply Chain Assessments. (a) Within 1
year of the date of this order, the specified heads of
agencies shall submit the following reports to the
President, through the APNSA and the APEP:
(i) The Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the
heads of appropriate agencies, shall submit a report on
supply chains for the defense industrial base that up-
dates the report provided pursuant to Executive Order
13806 of July 21, 2017 (Assessing and Strengthening the
Manufacturing and Defense Industrial Base and Supply
Chain Resiliency of the United States) [82 F.R. 34597],
and builds on the Annual Industrial Capabilities Report
mandated by the Congress pursuant to [former] section
2504 of title 10, United States Code [now 10 U.S.C. 4814].
The report shall identify areas where civilian supply
chains are dependent upon competitor nations, as de-
termined by the Secretary of Defense.
(ii) The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in
consultation with the heads of appropriate agencies,
shall submit a report on supply chains for the public
health and biological preparedness industrial base (as
determined by the Secretary of Health and Human
Services). The report shall complement the work con-
ducted pursuant to section 4 of Executive Order 14001.
(iii) The Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of
Homeland Security, in consultation with the heads of
appropriate agencies, shall submit a report on supply
chains for critical sectors and subsectors of the infor-
mation and communications technology (ICT) indus-
trial base (as determined by the Secretary of Com-
merce and the Secretary of Homeland Security), in-
cluding the industrial base for the development of ICT
software, data, and associated services.
(iv) The Secretary of Energy, in consultation with
the heads of appropriate agencies, shall submit a report
on supply chains for the energy sector industrial base
(as determined by the Secretary of Energy).
(v) The Secretary of Transportation, in consultation
with the heads of appropriate agencies, shall submit a
report on supply chains for the transportation indus-
trial base (as determined by the Secretary of Transpor-
tation).
(vi) The Secretary of Agriculture, in consultation
with the heads of appropriate agencies, shall submit a
report on supply chains for the production of agricul-
tural commodities and food products.
(b) The APNSA and the APEP shall, as appropriate
and in consultation with the heads of appropriate agen-
cies, recommend adjustments to the scope for each in-
dustrial base assessment, including digital networks,
services, assets, and data (‘‘digital products’’), goods,
services, and materials that are relevant within more
than one defined industrial base, and add new assess-
ments, as appropriate, for goods and materials not in-
cluded in the above industrial base assessments.(c)
Each report submitted under subsection (a) of this sec-
tion shall include a review of:
(i) the critical goods and materials, as defined in sec-
tion 6(b) of this order, underlying the supply chain in
question;
(ii) other essential goods and materials, as defined in
section 6(d) of this order, underlying the supply chain
in question, including digital products;
(iii) the manufacturing or other capabilities nec-
essary to produce the materials identified in sub-
sections (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of this section, including
emerging capabilities;
(iv) the defense, intelligence, cyber, homeland secu-
rity, health, climate, environmental, natural, market,
economic, geopolitical, human-rights or forced-labor
risks or other contingencies that may disrupt, strain,
compromise, or eliminate the supply chain—including
risks posed by supply chains’ reliance on digital prod-
ucts that may be vulnerable to failures or exploitation,
and risks resulting from the elimination of, or failure
to develop domestically, the capabilities identified in
subsection (c)(iii) of this section—and that are suffi-
ciently likely to arise so as to require reasonable prep-
aration for their occurrence;
(v) the resilience and capacity of American manufac-
turing supply chains and the industrial and agricul-
tural base—whether civilian or defense—of the United
States to support national and economic security,
emergency preparedness, and the policy identified in
section 1 of this order, in the event any of the contin-
gencies identified in subsection (c)(iv) of this section
occurs, including an assessment of:
(A) the manufacturing or other needed capacities of
the United States, including the ability to modernize
to meet future needs;
(B) gaps in domestic manufacturing capabilities, in-
cluding nonexistent, extinct, threatened, or single-
point-of-failure capabilities;
(C) supply chains with a single point of failure, sin-
gle or dual suppliers, or limited resilience, especially
for subcontractors, as defined by section 44.101 of
title 48, Code of Federal Regulations (Federal Acqui-
sition Regulation);
(D) the location of key manufacturing and produc-
tion assets, with any significant risks identified in
subsection (c)(iv) of this section posed by the assets’
physical location;
(E) exclusive or dominant supply of critical goods
and materials and other essential goods and mate-
rials, as identified in subsections (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of
this section, by or through nations that are, or are
likely to become, unfriendly or unstable;
(F) the availability of substitutes or alternative
sources for critical goods and materials and other es-
sential goods and materials, as identified in sub-
sections (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of this section;
(G) current domestic education and manufacturing
workforce skills for the relevant sector and identified
gaps, opportunities, and potential best practices in
meeting the future workforce needs for the relevant
sector;
(H) the need for research and development capacity
to sustain leadership in the development of critical
goods and materials and other essential goods and
materials, as identified in subsections (c)(i) and (c)(ii)
of this section;
(I) the role of transportation systems in supporting
existing supply chains and risks associated with
those transportation systems; and
Page 204
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(J) the risks posed by climate change to the avail-
ability, production, or transportation of critical
goods and materials and other essential goods and
materials, as identified in subsections (c)(i) and (c)(ii)
of this section.
(vi) allied and partner actions, including whether
United States allies and partners have also identified
and prioritized the critical goods and materials and
other essential goods and materials identified in sub-
sections (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of this section, and possible
avenues for international engagement. In assessing
these allied and partner actions, the heads of agencies
shall consult with the Secretary of State;
(vii) the primary causes of risks for any aspect of the
relevant industrial base and supply chains assessed as
vulnerable pursuant to subsection (c)(v) of this section;
(viii) a prioritization of the critical goods and mate-
rials and other essential goods and materials, including
digital products, identified in subsections (c)(i) and
(c)(ii) of this section for the purpose of identifying op-
tions and policy recommendations. The prioritization
shall be based on statutory or regulatory requirements;
importance to national security, emergency prepared-
ness, and the policy set forth in section 1 of this order;
and the review conducted pursuant to subsection (c)(v)
of this section;
(ix) specific policy recommendations for ensuring a
resilient supply chain for the sector. Such rec-
ommendations may include sustainably reshoring sup-
ply chains and developing domestic supplies, cooper-
ating with allies and partners to identify alternative
supply chains, building redundancy into domestic sup-
ply chains, ensuring and enlarging stockpiles, devel-
oping workforce capabilities, enhancing access to fi-
nancing, expanding research and development to broad-
en
supply
chains,
addressing
risks
due
to
vulnerabilities in digital products relied on by supply
chains, addressing risks posed by climate change, and
any other recommendations;
(x) any executive, legislative, regulatory, and policy
changes and any other actions to strengthen the capa-
bilities identified in subsection (c)(iii) of this section,
and to prevent, avoid, or prepare for any of the contin-
gencies identified in subsection (c)(iv) of this section;
and
(xi) proposals for improving the Government-wide ef-
fort to strengthen supply chains, including proposals
for coordinating actions required under this order with
ongoing efforts that could be considered duplicative of
the work of this order or with existing Government
mechanisms that could be used to implement this order
in a more effective manner.
(d) The APNSA and the APEP shall review the re-
ports required under subsection (a) of this section and
shall submit the reports to the President in an unclas-
sified form, but may include a classified annex.
SEC. 5. General Review and Recommendations. As soon
as practicable following the submission of the reports
required under section 4 of this order, the APNSA and
the APEP, in coordination with the heads of appro-
priate agencies, shall provide to the President one or
more reports reviewing the actions taken over the pre-
vious year and making recommendations concerning:
(a) steps to strengthen the resilience of America’s
supply chains;
(b) reforms needed to make supply chain analyses and
actions more effective, including statutory, regulatory,
procedural, and institutional design changes. The re-
port shall include recommendations on whether addi-
tional offices, personnel, resources, statistical data, or
authorities are needed;
(c) [Superseded by Ex. Ord. No. 14123, § 4(e), June 14,
2024, 89 F.R. 51951, see section 4(f) of Ex. Ord. No. 14123,
set out below.]
(d) diplomatic, economic, security, trade policy, in-
formational, and other actions that can successfully
engage allies and partners to strengthen supply chains
jointly or in coordination;
(e) insulating supply chain analyses and actions from
conflicts of interest, corruption, or the appearance of
impropriety, to ensure integrity and public confidence
in supply chain analyses;
(f) reforms to domestic and international trade rules
and agreements needed to support supply chain resil-
ience, security, diversity, and strength;
(g) education and workforce reforms needed to
strengthen the domestic industrial base;
(h) steps to ensure that the Government’s supply
chain policy supports small businesses, prevents mo-
nopolization, considers climate and other environ-
mental impacts, encourages economic growth in com-
munities of color and economically distressed areas,
and ensures geographic dispersal of economic activity
across all regions of the United States; and
(i) Federal incentives and any amendments to Fed-
eral procurement regulations that may be necessary to
attract and retain investments in critical goods and
materials and other essential goods and materials, as
defined in sections 6(b) and 6(d) of this order, including
any new programs that could encourage both domestic
and foreign investment in critical goods and materials.
SEC. 6. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) ‘‘Agency’’ means any authority of the United
States that is an ‘‘agency’’ under 44 U.S.C. 3502(1),
other than those considered to be independent regu-
latory agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5). ‘‘Agen-
cy’’ also means any component of the Executive Office
of the President.
(b) ‘‘Critical goods and materials’’ means goods and
raw materials currently defined under statute or regu-
lation as ‘‘critical’’ materials, technologies, or infra-
structure.
(c) ‘‘Critical minerals’’ has the meaning given to that
term in Executive Order 13953 of September 30, 2020 (Ad-
dressing the Threat to the Domestic Supply Chain
From Reliance on Critical Minerals From Foreign Ad-
versaries and Supporting the Domestic Mining and
Processing Industries) [30 U.S.C. 1601 note].
(d) ‘‘Other essential goods and materials’’ means
goods and materials that are essential to national and
economic security, emergency preparedness, or to ad-
vance the policy set forth in section 1 of this order, but
not included within the definition of ‘‘critical goods
and materials.’’
(e) ‘‘Supply chain,’’ when used with reference to min-
erals, includes the exploration, mining, concentration,
separation, alloying, recycling, and reprocessing of
minerals.
SEC. 7. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
J.R. BIDEN, JR.
EX. ORD. NO. 14075. ADVANCING EQUALITY FOR LESBIAN,
GAY, BISEXUAL, TRANSGENDER, QUEER, AND INTERSEX
INDIVIDUALS
Ex. Ord. No. 14075, June 15, 2022, 87 F.R. 37189, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. Our Nation has made great strides
in fulfilling the fundamental promises of freedom and
equality for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer,
and intersex (LGBTQI+) Americans, owing to the lead-
ership of generations of LGBTQI+ individuals. In spite
of this historic progress, LGBTQI+ individuals and fam-
Page 205
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
ilies still face systemic discrimination and barriers to
full participation in our Nation’s economic and civic
life. These disparities and barriers can be the greatest
for transgender people and LGBTQI+ people of color.
Today, unrelenting political and legislative attacks at
the State level—on LGBTQI+ children and families in
particular—threaten the civil rights gains of the last
half century and put LGBTQI+ people at risk. These at-
tacks defy our American values of liberty and dignity,
corrode our democracy, and threaten basic personal
safety. They echo the criminalization that LGBTQI+
people continue to face in some 70 countries around the
world. The Federal Government must defend the rights
and safety of LGBTQI+ individuals.
It is therefore the policy of my Administration to
combat unlawful discrimination and eliminate dispari-
ties that harm LGBTQI+ individuals and their families,
defend their rights and safety, and pursue a comprehen-
sive approach to delivering the full promise of equality
for LGBTQI+ individuals, consistent with Executive
Order 13988 of January 20, 2021 (Preventing and Com-
bating Discrimination on the Basis of Gender Identity
or Sexual Orientation) [42 U.S.C. 2000e note].
The Federal Government must take action to address
the significant disparities that LGBTQI+ youth face in
the foster care system, the misuse of State and local
child welfare agencies to target LGBTQI+ youth and
families, and the mental health needs of LGBTQI+
youth. My Administration must safeguard LGBTQI+
youth from dangerous practices like so-called ‘‘conver-
sion therapy’’—efforts to suppress or change an individ-
ual’s sexual orientation, gender identity, or gender ex-
pression—a discredited practice that research indicates
can cause significant harm, including higher rates of
suicide-related thoughts and behaviors by LGBTQI+
youth. The Federal Government must strengthen the
supports for LGBTQI+ students in our Nation’s schools
and other education and training programs. It must
also address the discrimination and barriers that
LGBTQI+ individuals and families face by expanding
access to comprehensive health care, including repro-
ductive health; protecting the rights of LGBTQI+ older
adults; and preventing and addressing LGBTQI+ home-
lessness and housing instability. Through these ac-
tions, the Federal Government will help ensure that
every person—regardless of who they are or whom they
love—has the opportunity to live freely and with dig-
nity.
SEC. 2. Addressing Harmful and Discriminatory Legisla-
tive Attacks on LGBTQI+ Children, Youth, and Families.
(a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS)
shall, as appropriate and consistent with applicable
law, use the Department of HHS’s authorities to pro-
tect LGBTQI+ individuals’ access to medically nec-
essary care from harmful State and local laws and
practices, and shall promote the adoption of promising
policies and practices to support health equity, includ-
ing in the area of mental health care, for LGBTQI+
youth and adults. Within 200 days of the date of this
order [June 15, 2022], the Secretary of HHS shall de-
velop and release sample policies for States to safe-
guard and expand access to health care for LGBTQI+
individuals and their families, including mental health
services.
(b) The Secretary of Education shall, as appropriate
and consistent with applicable law, use the Department
of Education’s authorities to support LGBTQI+ stu-
dents, their families, educators, and other school per-
sonnel targeted by harmful State and local laws and
practices, and shall promote the adoption of promising
policies and practices to support the safety, well-being,
and rights of LGBTQI+ students. Within 200 days of the
date of this order, the Secretary of Education shall de-
velop and release sample policies for supporting
LGBTQI+ students’ well-being and academic success in
schools and educational institutions.
SEC. 3. Addressing Exposure to So-Called Conversion
Therapy. (a) The Secretary of HHS shall establish an
initiative to reduce the risk of youth exposure to so-
called conversion therapy. As part of that initiative,
the Secretary of HHS shall, as appropriate and con-
sistent with applicable law:
(i) consider whether to issue guidance clarifying for
HHS programs and services agencies that so-called con-
version therapy does not meet criteria for use in feder-
ally funded health and human services programs;
(ii) increase public awareness of the harms and risks
associated
with
so-called
conversion
therapy
for
LGBTQI+ youth and their families;
(iii) increase the availability of technical assistance
and training to health care and social service providers
on evidence-informed promising practices for sup-
porting the health, including mental health, of
LGBTQI+ youth, and on the dangers of so-called con-
version therapy; and
(iv) seek funding opportunities for providers of evi-
dence-based trauma-informed services to better support
survivors of so-called conversion therapy.
(b) The Federal Trade Commission is encouraged to
consider whether so-called conversion therapy con-
stitutes an unfair or deceptive act or practice, and to
issue such consumer warnings or notices as may be ap-
propriate.
(c) To address so-called conversion therapy around
the world, within 180 days of the date of this order, the
Secretary of State, in collaboration with the Secretary
of the Treasury, the Secretary of HHS, and the Admin-
istrator of the United States Agency for International
Development, shall develop an action plan to promote
an end to its use around the world. In developing the
action plan, the Secretary of State shall consider the
use of United States foreign assistance programs and
the United States voice and vote in multilateral devel-
opment banks and international development institu-
tions of which the United States is a shareholder or
donor to take appropriate steps to prevent the use of
so-called conversion therapy, as well as to help ensure
that United States foreign assistance programs do not
use foreign assistance funds for so-called conversion
therapy. To further critical data collection, the Sec-
retary of State shall instruct all United States Embas-
sies and Missions worldwide to submit additional infor-
mation on the practice and incidence of so-called con-
version therapy as part of the Country Reports on
Human Rights Practices.
SEC. 4. Promoting Family Counseling and Support of
LGBTQI+ Youth as a Public Health Priority of the United
States. (a) ‘‘Family counseling and support programs’’
are defined for the purposes of this order as voluntary
programs in which families and service providers may
elect to participate that seek to prevent or reduce be-
haviors associated with family rejection of LGBTQI+
youth by providing developmentally appropriate sup-
port, counseling, or information to parents, families,
caregivers, child welfare and school personnel, or
health care professionals on how to support an
LGBTQI+ youth’s safety and well-being.
(b) The Secretary of HHS shall seek to expand the
availability of family counseling and support programs
in federally funded health, human services, and child
welfare programs by:
(i) considering whether to issue guidance regarding
the extent to which Federal funding under Title IV–B
[42 U.S.C. 620 et seq.] and IV–E [42 U.S.C. 670 et seq.] of
the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. Ch. 7, may be used to
provide family counseling and support programs;
(ii) considering funding opportunities for programs
that implement family counseling and support models;
(iii) considering opportunities through the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the Na-
tional Institutes of Health to increase Federal research
into the impacts of family rejection and family support
on the mental health and long-term well-being of
LGBTQI+ individuals; and
(iv) ensuring that HHS data, investments, resources,
and partnerships related to the CDC Adverse Childhood
Experiences program address the disparities faced by
LGBTQI+ children and youth.
SEC. 5. Addressing Discrimination and Barriers Faced by
LGBTQI+ Children, Youth, Parents, Caretakers, and Fami-
Page 206
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
lies in the Child Welfare System and Juvenile Justice Sys-
tems. (a) The Secretary of HHS shall consider how to
use the Department’s authorities to strengthen non-
discrimination protections on the basis of sex, includ-
ing sexual orientation, gender identity, and sex charac-
teristics, in its programs and services, consistent with
Executive Order 13988 and applicable legal require-
ments.
(b) The Secretary of HHS shall direct the Assistant
Secretary for Family Support to establish an initiative
to partner with State child welfare agencies to help ad-
dress and eliminate disparities in the child welfare sys-
tem experienced by LGBTQI+ children, parents, and
caregivers,
including:
the
over-representation
of
LGBTQI+ youth in the child welfare system, including
over-representation in congregate placements; dis-
proportionately high rates of abuse, and placements in
unsupportive
or
hostile
environments
faced
by
LGBTQI+ youth in foster care; disproportionately high
rates of homelessness faced by LGBTQI+ youth who
exit foster care; and discrimination faced by LGBTQI+
parents, kin, and foster and adoptive families. The ini-
tiative, as appropriate and consistent with applicable
law, shall also take actions to:
(i) seek funding opportunities for programs and serv-
ices that improve outcomes for LGBTQI+ children in
the child welfare system;
(ii) provide increased training and technical assist-
ance to State child welfare agencies and child welfare
personnel on promising practices to support LGBTQI+
youth in foster care and LGBTQI+ parents and care-
givers;
(iii) develop sample policies for supporting LGBTQI+
children, parents, and caregivers in the child welfare
system;
(iv) promote equity and inclusion for LGBTQI+ foster
and adoptive parents in their interactions with the
child welfare system;
(v) evaluate the rate of child removals from LGBTQI+
families of origin, in particular families that include
LGBTQI+ women of color, and develop proposals to ad-
dress any disproportionate rates of child removals
faced by such families;
(vi) assess and improve the responsible collection and
use of data on sexual orientation and gender identity in
the child welfare system to measure and address in-
equities faced by LGBTQI+ children, parents, and care-
givers, while safeguarding the privacy, safety, and civil
rights of LGBTQI+ youth; and
(vii) advance policies that help to prevent the place-
ment of LGBTQI+ youth in foster and congregate care
environments that will be hostile to their gender iden-
tity or sexual orientation.
(c) The Attorney General shall establish a clearing-
house within the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delin-
quency Prevention to provide effective training, tech-
nical assistance, and other resources for jurisdictions
seeking to better serve LGBTQI+ youth using a con-
tinuum-of-care framework. The clearinghouse shall in-
clude juvenile justice and delinquency prevention pro-
grams addressing the needs, including mental health
needs, of LGBTQI+ youth.
SEC. 6. Reviewing Eligibility Standards for Federal Bene-
fits and Programs. (a) Within 180 days of the date of this
order, the Secretary of HHS shall conduct a study on
the impact that current Federal statutory and regu-
latory eligibility standards have on the ability of
LGBTQI+ and other households as determined by the
Secretary to access Federal benefits and programs for
families, and shall produce a public report with find-
ings
and
recommendations
that
could
increase
LGBTQI+ and such other households’ participation in
and eligibility for Federal benefits and programs for
families.
(b) Within 100 days of the release of the recommenda-
tions required by subsection (a) of this section, the Di-
rector of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
shall coordinate with executive departments and agen-
cies (agencies) that administer programs that establish
eligibility standards for participation by families to
complete a review of agencies’ current eligibility
standards for families. Such agencies shall seek oppor-
tunities, consistent with applicable law, to adopt more
inclusive eligibility standards in line with the rec-
ommendations in the report produced pursuant to sub-
section (a) of this section.
SEC. 7. Safeguarding Access to Health Care and Other
Health Supports for LGBTQI+ Individuals. The Secretary
of HHS shall establish an initiative to address the
health disparities facing LGBTQI+ youth and adults,
take steps to prevent LGBTQI+ suicide, and address the
barriers and exclusionary policies that LGBTQI+ indi-
viduals and families face in accessing quality, afford-
able, comprehensive health care, including mental
health care, reproductive health care, and HIV preven-
tion and treatment. As part of that initiative, the Sec-
retary of HHS shall, as appropriate and consistent with
applicable law:
(a) seek funding opportunities related to health, in-
cluding mental health, for LGBTQI+ individuals, espe-
cially youth, including resources for the Nation’s sui-
cide prevention and crisis support services to support
LGBTQI+ individuals;
(b) promote expanded access to comprehensive health
care for LGBTQI+ individuals, including by working
with States on expanding access to gender-affirming
care;
(c) issue guidance through the Substance Abuse and
Mental Health Services Administration and the Office
of the Assistant Secretary for Health, within 100 days
of the date of this order, on providing evidence-in-
formed mental health care and substance use treat-
ment and support services for LGBTQI+ youth; and
(d) develop and issue a report, within 1 year of the
date of this order, and after consultation with medical
experts, medical associations, and individuals with
lived expertise, on promising practices for advancing
health equity for intersex individuals.
SEC. 8. Supporting LGBTQI+ Students in our Nation’s
Schools and Educational Institutions. The Secretary of
Education
shall
establish
a
Working
Group
on
LGBTQI+ Students and Families, which shall lead an
initiative to address discrimination against LGBTQI+
students and strengthen supports for LGBTQI+ stu-
dents and families. Through that Working Group, the
Secretary of Education shall, as appropriate and con-
sistent with applicable law:
(a) review, revise, develop, and promote guidance,
technical assistance, training, promising practices, and
sample policies for States, school districts, and other
educational institutions to promote safe and inclusive
learning environments in which all LGBTQI+ students
thrive and to address bullying of LGBTQI+ students;
(b) identify promising practices for helping to ensure
that school-based health services and supports, espe-
cially mental health services, are accessible to and sup-
portive of LGBTQI+ students;
(c) seek funding opportunities for grantees and pro-
grams that will improve educational and health out-
comes,
especially
mental
health
outcomes,
for
LGBTQI+ students and other underserved students; and
(d) seek to strengthen supportive services for
LGBTQI+ students and families experiencing homeless-
ness, including those provided by the National Center
for Homeless Education.
SEC. 9. Preventing and Ending LGBTQI+ Homelessness
and Housing Instability. (a) The Secretary of Housing
and Urban Development (HUD) shall establish a Work-
ing Group on LGBTQI+ Homelessness and Housing Eq-
uity, which shall lead an initiative that aims to pre-
vent and address homelessness and housing instability
among LGBTQI+ individuals, including youth, and
households. As part of that initiative, the Secretary of
HUD shall, as appropriate and consistent with applica-
ble law:
(i) identify and address barriers to housing faced by
LGBTQI+ individuals, including youth, and families
that place them at high risk of housing instability and
homelessness;
(ii) provide guidance and technical assistance to HUD
contractors, grantees, and programs on effectively and
Page 207
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
respectfully serving LGBTQI+ individuals, including
youth, and families;
(iii) develop and provide guidance, sample policies,
technical assistance, and training to Continuums of
Care, established pursuant to HUD’s Continuum of Care
Program; homeless service providers; and housing pro-
viders to improve services and outcomes for LGBTQI+
individuals, including youth, and families who are ex-
periencing or are at risk of homelessness, and to ensure
compliance with the Fair Housing Act, 42 U.S.C. 3601 et
seq., and HUD’s 2012 and 2016 Equal Access Rules; and
(iv) seek funding opportunities, including through the
Youth Homelessness Demonstration Program, for cul-
turally appropriate services that address barriers to
housing for LGBTQI+ individuals, including youth, and
families, and the high rates of LGBTQI+ youth home-
lessness.
(b) The Secretary of HHS, through the Assistant Sec-
retary for Family Support, shall, as appropriate and
consistent with applicable law:
(i) use agency guidance, training, and technical as-
sistance to implement non-discrimination protections
on the basis of sexual orientation and gender identity
in programs established pursuant to the Runaway and
Homeless Youth Act (Public Law 110–378) [title III of
Pub. L. 93–415, 34 U.S.C. 11201 et seq.], and ensure that
such programs address LGBTQI+ youth homelessness;
and
(ii) coordinate with youth advisory boards funded
through the Runaway and Homeless Youth Training
and Technical Assistance Center and the National Run-
away Safeline to seek input from LGBTQI+ youth who
have experienced homelessness on improving federally
funded services and programs.
SEC. 10. Strengthening Supports for LGBTQI+ Older
Adults. The Secretary of HHS shall address discrimina-
tion, social isolation, and health disparities faced by
LGBTQI+ older adults, including by:
(a) developing and publishing guidance on non-dis-
crimination protections on the basis of sex, including
sexual orientation, gender identity, and sex character-
istics, and other rights of LGBTQI+ older adults in
long-term care settings;
(b) developing and publishing a document parallel to
the guidance required by subsection (a) of this section
in plain language, titled ‘‘Bill of Rights for LGBTQI+
Older Adults,’’ to support LGBTQI+ older adults and
providers in understanding the rights of LGBTQI+ older
adults in long-term care settings;
(c) considering whether to issue a notice of proposed
rulemaking to clarify that LGBTQI+ individuals are in-
cluded in the definition of ‘‘greatest social need’’ for
purposes of targeting outreach, service provision, and
funding under the Older Americans Act [of 1965], 42
U.S.C. 3001 et seq.; and
(d) considering ways to improve and increase appro-
priate data collection on sexual orientation and gender
identity in surveys on older adults, including by pro-
viding technical assistance to States on the collection
of such data.
SEC. 11. Promoting Inclusive and Responsible Federal
Data Collection Practices. (a) Advancing equity and full
inclusion for LGBTQI+ individuals requires that the
Federal Government use evidence and data to measure
and address the disparities that LGBTQI+ individuals,
families, and households face, while safeguarding pri-
vacy, security, and civil rights.
(b) To advance the responsible and effective collec-
tion and use of data on sexual orientation, gender iden-
tity, and sex characteristics (SOGI data), the Co-Chairs
of the Interagency Working Group on Equitable Data
established in Executive Order 13985 of January 20, 2021
(Advancing Racial Equity and Support for Underserved
Communities Through the Federal Government) [set
out above], shall, within 30 days of the date of this
order [June 15, 2022], establish a subcommittee on SOGI
data to coordinate with agencies on strengthening the
Federal Government’s collection of SOGI data to ad-
vance equity for LGBTQI+ individuals. Within 120 days
of the date of this order, the subcommittee shall, in co-
ordination with the Director of OMB, develop and re-
lease a Federal Evidence Agenda on LGBTQI+ Equity,
which shall:
(i) describe disparities faced by LGBTQI+ individuals
that could be better understood through Federal statis-
tics and data collection;
(ii) identify, in coordination with agency Statistical
Officials, Chief Science Officers, Chief Data Officers,
and Evaluation Officers, Federal data collections where
improved SOGI data collection may be important for
advancing the Federal Government’s ability to meas-
ure disparities facing LGBTQI+ individuals; and
(iii) identify practices for all agencies engaging in
SOGI data collection to follow in order to safeguard
privacy, security, and civil rights, including with re-
gard to appropriate and robust practices of consent for
the collection of this data and restrictions on its use or
transfer.
(c) Within 200 days of the date of this order, the head
of each agency that conducts relevant programs or sta-
tistical surveys related to the Federal Evidence Agenda
on LGBTQI+ Equity shall submit to the Co-Chairs of
the Interagency Working Group on Equitable Data a
SOGI Data Action Plan, which shall detail how the
agency plans to use SOGI data to advance equity for
LGBTQI+ individuals and shall identify how the agency
plans to implement the recommendations in the Fed-
eral Evidence Agenda on LGBTQI+ Equity.
(d) To support implementation of agency SOGI Data
Action Plans, the head of each agency shall include in
the agency’s annual budget submission to the Director
of OMB a request for any necessary funding increases
to support improved SOGI data practices.
(e) Within 180 days of the date of this order, to sup-
port agencies in appropriately collecting and using
SOGI data, the Director of OMB, through the Chief
Statistician of the United States, shall publish a report
with recommendations for agencies on the best prac-
tices for the collection of SOGI data on Federal statis-
tical surveys, including strategies to preserve data pri-
vacy and safety.
(f) On an annual basis, the Director of OMB, through
the Chief Statistician of the United States, shall evalu-
ate the efficacy of SOGI data practices across agencies,
and shall consider whether to update reports, guidance,
or directives based upon the latest evidence and re-
search as needed.
SEC. 12. Reporting. Within 1 year of the date of this
order:
(a) The Attorney General shall submit a report to the
President through the Assistant to the President for
Domestic Policy (APDP) detailing progress in imple-
menting section 5 of this order;
(b) The Secretary of HHS shall submit a report to the
President through the APDP detailing progress in im-
plementing sections 2 through 7 and 9 through 11 of this
order;
(c) The Secretary of Education shall submit a report
to the President through the APDP detailing progress
in implementing sections 2, 8, and 11 of this order;
(d) The Secretary of HUD shall submit a report to the
President through the APDP detailing progress in im-
plementing sections 9 and 11 of this order;
(e) The Secretary of State shall submit a report to
the President through the APDP detailing progress in
implementing section 3 of this order;
(f) The Director of OMB shall submit a report to the
President through the APDP detailing progress in im-
plementing sections 6 and 11 of this order; and
(g) The Director of OMB, through the Chief Statisti-
cian of the United States, shall submit a report to the
President through the APDP detailing progress in im-
plementing section 11 of this order.
SEC. 13. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
Page 208
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
J.R. BIDEN, JR.
EX. ORD. NO. 14091. FURTHER ADVANCING RACIAL EQUITY
AND
SUPPORT
FOR
UNDERSERVED
COMMUNITIES
THROUGH THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
Ex. Ord. No. 14091, Feb. 16, 2023, 88 F.R. 10825, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. On my first day in office, I signed
Executive Order 13985 of January 20, 2021 (Advancing
Racial Equity and Support for Underserved Commu-
nities Through the Federal Government) [set out
above], which charged the Federal Government with
advancing equity for all, including communities that
have long been underserved, and addressing systemic
racism in our Nation’s policies and programs. By ad-
vancing equity, the Federal Government can support
and empower all Americans, including the many com-
munities in America that have been underserved, dis-
criminated against, and adversely affected by per-
sistent poverty and inequality. We can also deliver re-
sources and benefits equitably to the people of the
United States and rebuild trust in Government.
Over the past 2 years, through landmark legislation—
including the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (Public
Law 117–2); the bipartisan Infrastructure Investment
and Jobs Act (Public Law 117–58) (Bipartisan Infra-
structure Law); division A of Public Law 117–167, known
as the Creating Helpful Incentives to Produce Semi-
conductors (CHIPS) Act of 2022; Public Law 117–169,
commonly referred to as the Inflation Reduction Act of
2022; and the Bipartisan Safer Communities Act (Public
Law 117–159) [see Tables for classifications]—as well as
executive action, my Administration has vigorously
championed racial equity and has advanced equal op-
portunity for underserved communities. Executive de-
partments and agencies (agencies) have engaged in his-
toric work assessing how their policies and programs
perpetuate barriers for underserved communities and
developing strategies for removing those barriers. They
have made important progress incorporating an evi-
dence-based approach to equitable policymaking and
implementation, and they have crafted new action
plans to advance equity. In short, my Administration
has embedded a focus on equity into the fabric of Fed-
eral policymaking and service delivery. Our work to
transform the way the Federal Government serves the
American people has been complemented by Executive
Order 14035 of June 25, 2021 (Diversity, Equity, Inclu-
sion, and Accessibility in the Federal Workforce) [42
U.S.C. 2000e note], which continues to help ensure that
my Administration—the most diverse in our Nation’s
history—reflects the growing diversity of the commu-
nities we serve.
My Administration’s commitment to equity has pro-
duced better decision-making and more equitable out-
comes. We have delivered the most equitable economic
recovery in memory, and, driven by the expanded Child
Tax Credit, we cut child poverty to its lowest rate on
record in 2021, including record low Black, Latino, Na-
tive American, and rural child poverty. Under my Ad-
ministration, the economy has created nearly 11 mil-
lion jobs, and we have brought down unemployment na-
tionwide—in particular for Black and Latino workers,
for whom unemployment rates are near 50-year lows.
My Administration has provided emergency rental as-
sistance to help millions of families stay in their
homes, and we have prohibited Federal contractors
from paying people with disabilities subminimum
wages. We are rebuilding roads and bridges, replacing
the Nation’s lead pipes to provide clean drinking water
for all, delivering access to affordable high-speed inter-
net to Americans in both rural and urban communities,
investing in public transit, and reconnecting commu-
nities previously cut off from economic opportunity by
highways, rail lines, or disinvestment. My Administra-
tion has provided funding to improve accessibility for
passengers with disabilities on rail systems and in air-
ports, expanded health coverage for millions of Ameri-
cans, and expanded home- and community-based serv-
ices so more people with disabilities and older adults
can live independently. We have secured billions of dol-
lars in direct new investments for Tribal Nations and
Native American communities and have directed an in-
crease in the share of Federal Government contract
spending awarded to small disadvantaged businesses.
My Administration has taken action to strengthen pub-
lic safety, advance criminal justice reform, correct our
country’s failed approach to marijuana, protect civil
rights, and stand up against rising extremism and hate-
fueled violence that threaten the fabric of our democ-
racy. We have taken historic steps to advance full
equality for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer,
and intersex (LGBTQI+) Americans, including by end-
ing the ban on transgender service members in our
military; prohibiting discrimination based on sexual
orientation, gender identity, and sex characteristics
across Federal programs; and signing into law the Re-
spect for Marriage Act (Public Law 117–228) [enacting
section 1738C of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Proce-
dure, and provisions set out as notes under section 7 of
Title 1, General Provisions, and repealing former sec-
tion 1738C of Title 28] to preserve protections for the
rights of same-sex and interracial couples. My Admin-
istration is also implementing the first-ever National
Strategy on Gender Equity and Equality to ensure that
all people, regardless of gender, have the opportunity
to realize their full potential.
These transformative achievements have advanced
the work of building a more equitable Nation. Yet,
members of underserved communities—many of whom
have endured generations of discrimination and dis-
investment—still confront significant barriers to real-
izing the full promise of our great Nation, and the Fed-
eral Government has a responsibility to remove these
barriers. It is imperative to reject the narrow, cramped
view of American opportunity as a zero-sum game.
When any person or community is denied freedom, dig-
nity, and prosperity, our entire Nation is held back.
But when we lift each other up, we are all lifted up.
Therefore, my Administration must take additional ac-
tion across the Federal Government—in collaboration
with civil society, the private sector, and State and
local government—to continue the work begun with
Executive Order 13985 to combat discrimination and ad-
vance equal opportunity, including by redressing unfair
disparities and removing barriers to Government pro-
grams and services. Achieving racial equity and sup-
port for underserved communities is not a one-time
project. It must be a multi-generational commitment,
and it must remain the responsibility of agencies
across the Federal Government. It therefore continues
to be the policy of my Administration to advance an
ambitious, whole-of-government approach to racial eq-
uity and support for underserved communities and to
continuously embed equity into all aspects of Federal
decision-making.
This order builds upon my previous equity-related
Executive Orders by extending and strengthening eq-
uity-advancing requirements for agencies, and it posi-
tions agencies to deliver better outcomes for the Amer-
ican people. In doing so, the Federal Government shall
continue to pursue ambitious goals to build a strong,
fair, and inclusive workforce and economy; invest in
communities where Federal policies have historically
impeded equal opportunity—both rural and urban—in
ways that mitigate economic displacement, expand ac-
cess to capital, preserve housing and neighborhood af-
fordability, root out discrimination in the housing
Page 209
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
market, and build community wealth; advance equity
in health, including mental and behavioral health and
well-being; deliver an equitable response to the
COVID–19 pandemic; deliver environmental justice and
implement the Justice40 Initiative; build prosperity in
rural communities; ensure equitable procurement prac-
tices, including through small disadvantaged busi-
nesses contracting and the Buy Indian Act (25 U.S.C.
47); pursue educational equity so that our Nation’s
schools put every student on a path to success; improve
our Nation’s criminal justice system to end unjust dis-
parities, strengthen public safety, and ensure equal jus-
tice under law; promote equity in science and root out
bias in the design and use of new technologies, such as
artificial intelligence; protect the right to vote and re-
alize the promise of our Nation’s civil rights laws; and
promote equity and human rights around the world
through our foreign policy and foreign assistance. By
redoubling our efforts, the Federal Government can
help bridge the gap between the world we see and the
future we seek.
SEC. 2. Establishing Equity-Focused Leadership Across
the Federal Government. (a) Establishment of Agency Eq-
uity Teams. The Secretary of State, the Secretary of the
Treasury, the Secretary of Defense, the Attorney Gen-
eral, the Secretary of the Interior, the Secretary of Ag-
riculture, the Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of
Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human Services,
the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the
Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of Energy,
the Secretary of Education, the Secretary of Veterans
Affairs, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Ad-
ministrator of the Small Business Administration, the
Commissioner of Social Security, the Administrator of
General Services, the Administrator of the United
States Agency for International Development, the Ad-
ministrator of the Environmental Protection Agency,
the Administrator of the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration, the Director of the National
Science Foundation, and the Director of the Office of
Personnel Management (agency heads) shall, within 30
days of the date of this order [Feb. 16, 2023], ensure that
they have in place an Agency Equity Team within their
respective agencies to coordinate the implementation
of equity initiatives and ensure that their respective
agencies are delivering equitable outcomes for the
American people.
(i) Each Agency Equity Team shall be led by a des-
ignated senior official (senior designee) charged with
implementing my Administration’s equity initiatives,
and shall include senior officials from the office of the
agency head and the agency’s program, policy, civil
rights, regulatory, science, technology, service deliv-
ery, financial assistance and grants, data, budget, pro-
curement, public engagement, legal, and evaluation of-
fices, as well as the agency’s Chief Diversity Officer, to
the extent applicable. Agency Equity Teams shall in-
clude a combination of competitive service employees,
as defined by 5 U.S.C. 2102(a), and appointees, as defined
in Executive Order 13989 of January 20, 2021 (Ethics
Commitments by Executive Branch Personnel) [5
U.S.C. 7301 note], and, to the extent practicable, shall
build upon and coordinate with the agency’s existing
structures and processes, including with the agency’s
environmental justice officer designated pursuant to
Executive Order 14008 of January 27, 2021 (Tackling the
Climate Crisis at Home and Abroad) [42 U.S.C. 4321
note], and with the senior agency official designated to
coordinate with the Gender Policy Council pursuant to
Executive Order 14020 of March 8, 2021 (Establishment
of the White House Gender Policy Council) [42 U.S.C.
2000e note].
(ii) The senior designee at each agency shall be re-
sponsible for delivering equitable outcomes, to the ex-
tent consistent with applicable law, and shall report to
the agency head.
(iii) Each Agency Equity Team shall support contin-
ued equity training and equity leadership development
for staff across all levels of the agency’s workforce.
(iv) Each agency’s senior designee shall coordinate
with the agency head, agency budget officials, and the
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to ensure that
the Agency Equity Team has sufficient resources, in-
cluding staffing and data collection capacity, to ad-
vance the agency’s equity goals. Agency heads shall en-
sure that their respective Agency Equity Teams serve
in an advisory and coordination role on priority agency
actions.
(b) Establishment of the White House Steering Committee
on Equity. There is hereby established a White House
Steering Committee on Equity (Steering Committee),
which shall be chaired by the Assistant to the Presi-
dent for Domestic Policy. The Steering Committee
shall include senior officials representing policy coun-
cils and offices within the Executive Office of the Presi-
dent, as appropriate. The Steering Committee shall:
(i) coordinate Government-wide efforts to advance eq-
uity;
(ii) coordinate an annual process to consult with
agency heads on their respective agencies’ Equity Ac-
tion Plans, established in section 3(a) of this order;
(iii) coordinate with the leadership of the White
House Initiatives created by Executive Order 14031 of
May 28, 2021 (Advancing Equity, Justice, and Oppor-
tunity for Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, and Pa-
cific Islanders) [42 U.S.C. 3501 note]; Executive Order
14041 of September 3, 2021 (White House Initiative on
Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Eco-
nomic Opportunity Through Historically Black Col-
leges and Universities) [20 U.S.C. 1060 note]; Executive
Order 14045 of September 13, 2021 (White House Initia-
tive on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and
Economic Opportunity for Hispanics) [20 U.S.C. 3411
note]; Executive Order 14049 of October 11, 2021 (White
House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Ex-
cellence, and Economic Opportunity for Native Ameri-
cans and Strengthening Tribal Colleges and Univer-
sities) [20 U.S.C. 7401 note]; and Executive Order 14050
of October 19, 2021 (White House Initiative on Advanc-
ing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Op-
portunity for Black Americans) [20 U.S.C. 3411 note];
(iv) coordinate with the White House Environmental
Justice Interagency Council to ensure that equity and
environmental justice efforts are consistent and mutu-
ally reinforcing;
(v) coordinate with the White House Gender Policy
Council to align efforts to advance gender equity with
broader equity efforts; and
(vi) monitor agencies’ activities and promote ac-
countability to ensure that agencies undertake ambi-
tious and measurable steps to deliver equitable out-
comes for the American people.
SEC. 3. Delivering Equitable Outcomes Through Govern-
ment Policies, Programs, and Activities. Each agency head
shall support ongoing implementation of a comprehen-
sive equity strategy that uses the agency’s policy,
budgetary, programmatic, service-delivery, procure-
ment, data-collection processes, grantmaking, public
engagement, research and evaluation, and regulatory
functions to enable the agency’s mission and service
delivery to yield equitable outcomes for all Americans,
including underserved communities.
(a) In September 2023, and on an annual basis there-
after, concurrent with the agencies’ submission to OMB
for the President’s Budget, agency heads shall submit
an Equity Action Plan to the Steering Committee. The
Equity Action Plan shall include actions to advance eq-
uity, including under Executive Order 13985, Executive
Order 13988 of January 20, 2021 (Preventing and Com-
bating Discrimination on the Basis of Gender Identity
or Sexual Orientation) [42 U.S.C. 2000e note], Executive
Order 14008, and Executive Order 14020.
(b) Each Equity Action Plan, which shall be made
public, shall include:
(i) an update on the progress made by the agency on
the actions, performance measures, and milestones
highlighted in the preceding year’s Equity Action Plan,
as well as the agency’s performance on the annual En-
vironmental Justice Scorecard established pursuant to
section 223 of Executive Order 14008, as applicable;
(ii) potential barriers that underserved communities
may face in accessing and benefitting from the agen-
Page 210
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
cy’s policies, programs, and activities, including pro-
curement, contracting, and grant opportunities;
(iii) strategies, including new or revised policies and
programs, to address the barriers described in sub-
section (b)(ii) of this section and to ensure equitable
access and opportunity for underserved communities;
and
(iv) a description of how the agency intends to mean-
ingfully engage with underserved communities, includ-
ing through accessible, culturally and linguistically ap-
propriate outreach, and the incorporation of the per-
spectives of those with lived experiences into agency
policies, programs, and activities.
(c) Starting with formulation of the Fiscal Year 2025
Budget and for each subsequent year, the Director of
OMB shall consider how the President’s Budget can
support the Equity Action Plans described in sub-
section (a) of this section in order to reinforce agency
efforts to meaningfully engage with and invest in un-
derserved communities and advance equitable out-
comes.
(d) To ensure effective implementation of Equity Ac-
tion Plans, and to strengthen the Federal Govern-
ment’s equitable delivery of resources and benefits to
all, agency heads shall:
(i) prioritize and incorporate strategies to advance
equity—including
by
pursuing
evidence-based
ap-
proaches, reducing administrative burdens, increasing
access to technical assistance, and implementing equi-
table data practices, consistent with applicable law,
into their respective:
(A) agency strategic plans developed pursuant to 5
U.S.C. 306(a);
(B) agency performance plans developed pursuant
to 31 U.S.C. 1115 and 1116;
(C) portions of performance plans relating to
human and capital resource requirements to achieve
performance goals pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1115(b)(5)(A);
(D) agency priority goals developed pursuant to 31
U.S.C. 1120;
(E) evaluation and evidence-building activities pur-
suant to the Foundations for Evidence-Based Policy-
making Act of 2018 (Public Law 115–435) [see Tables
for classification] and section 5 of the Presidential
Memorandum of January 27, 2021 (Restoring Trust in
Government Through Scientific Integrity and Evi-
dence-Based Policymaking) [42 U.S.C. 6601 note];
(F) customer experience capacity assessments and
action plans pursuant to section 280 of OMB Circular
A–11 and Executive Order 14058 of December 13, 2021
(Transforming Federal Customer Experience and
Service Delivery to Rebuild Trust in Government) [31
U.S.C. 501 note];
(G) selection of items for their respective regu-
latory agendas and plans pursuant to sections 4(b)
and (c) of Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993
(Regulatory Planning and Review) [set out above], as
amended;
(H) individual performance plans for senior execu-
tives consistent with 5 U.S.C. 4312, and for other sen-
ior employees consistent with 5 U.S.C. 4302; and
(I) as permitted by law, activities, acquisitions, and
strategies that the Director of OMB determines to be
appropriate to further the implementation of this
order;
(ii) identify opportunities, as appropriate and con-
sistent with applicable law, to incorporate into new
regulations and to modify their respective agencies’
regulations, internal- and public-facing guidance, and
other policies to include advancing equity as part of
their respective agencies’ missions; and
(iii) promote coordination within and among their re-
spective agencies concerning the elements of their re-
spective Equity Action Plans and the recommendations
of the Interagency Working Group on Equitable Data
established in Executive Order 13985.
SEC. 4. Embedding Equity into Government-wide Proc-
esses.
(a) The Director of OMB shall consider opportunities
to review and update internal processes, directives, and
Government-wide guidance (such as OMB Circulars and
Memoranda) to support equitable decision-making, pro-
mote equitable deployment of financial and technical
assistance, and assist agencies in advancing equity, as
appropriate and wherever possible.
(b) When designing, developing, acquiring, and using
artificial intelligence and automated systems in the
Federal Government, agencies shall do so, consistent
with applicable law, in a manner that advances equity.
SEC. 5. Delivering Equitable Outcomes in Partnership
with Underserved Communities. Underserved commu-
nities often face significant barriers and legacy exclu-
sions in engaging with agencies and providing input on
Federal policies and programs that affect them. Agen-
cies must increase engagement with underserved com-
munities by identifying and applying innovative ap-
proaches to improve the quality, frequency, and acces-
sibility of engagement. Agencies shall, consistent with
applicable law:
(a) conduct proactive engagement, as appropriate,
with members of underserved communities—for exam-
ple, through culturally and linguistically appropriate
listening sessions, outreach events, or requests for in-
formation—during development and implementation of
agencies’ respective annual Equity Action Plans, an-
nual budget submissions, grants and funding opportuni-
ties, and other actions, including those outlined in sec-
tion 3(d) of this order;
(b) collaborate with OMB, as appropriate, to identify
and develop tools and methods for engagement with un-
derserved communities, including those related to
agency budget development and rulemaking;
(c) create more flexibilities, incentives, and guide-
lines for recipients of Federal funding and permits to
proactively engage with underserved communities as
projects are designed and implemented;
(d) identify funding opportunities for community-
and faith-based organizations working in and with un-
derserved communities to improve access to benefits
and services for members of underserved communities;
and
(e) identify and address barriers for individuals with
disabilities, as well as older adults, to participate in
the engagement process, including barriers to the ac-
cessibility of physical spaces, virtual platforms, presen-
tations, systems, training, and documents.
SEC. 6. Creating Economic Opportunity in Rural America
and Advancing Urban Equitable Development. (a) Agen-
cies shall undertake efforts, to the extent consistent
with applicable law, to help rural communities identify
and access Federal resources in order to create equi-
table economic opportunity and advance projects that
build community wealth, including by providing or sup-
porting technical assistance; incentivizing the creation
of good, high-paying union jobs in rural areas; con-
ducting outreach to and soliciting input from rural
community leaders; and contributing new resources
and support to interagency programs such as the Rural
Partners Network.
(b) Agencies shall undertake efforts, to the extent
consistent with applicable law, to strengthen urban eq-
uitable development policies and practices, such as ad-
vancing community wealth building projects; pre-
venting physical and economic displacement as the re-
sult of Federal investments; facilitating equitable
flows of private capital, including to underserved com-
munities; and incorporating outcome-based metrics fo-
cused on urban equitable development in the design and
deployment of Federal programs and policies. To sup-
port these efforts, the Assistant to the President for
Domestic Policy shall issue a policy memorandum on
actions agencies can take to advance urban equitable
development.
(c) Executive Order 13946 of August 24, 2020 (Targeting
Opportunity Zones and Other Distressed Communities
for Federal Site Locations) [85 F.R. 52879], including
the amendments it made to Executive Order 12072 of
August 16, 1978 (Federal Space Management) [40 U.S.C.
121 note], and to Executive Order 13006 of May 21, 1996
(Locating Federal Facilities on Historic Properties in
Page 211
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
Our Nation’s Central Cities) [40 U.S.C. 3306 note], is re-
voked. Executive Orders 12072 and 13006 are reinstated
as they were prior to issuance of Executive Order 13946.
Executive Order 13853 of December 12, 2018 (Estab-
lishing the White House Opportunity and Revitaliza-
tion Council) [42 U.S.C. 5301 note], is also revoked. All
agencies shall, consistent with applicable law, includ-
ing the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 et
seq.), consider taking prompt action to revoke any
rules, regulations, guidelines, or policies implementing
these Presidential actions that are inconsistent with
the provisions of this order. Further, agencies shall en-
sure that planning for new Federal facilities or new
leases includes consideration of neighborhoods and lo-
cations that are near existing employment centers and
are accessible to a broad range of the region’s work-
force and population by public transit (where it exists),
consistent with Executive Order 12072. Agencies shall
identify displacement risks associated with Federal fa-
cility siting and development and shall engage with
any community that may be affected, along with ap-
propriate regional and local officials, to mitigate those
displacement risks.
SEC. 7. Advancing Equitable Procurement. (a) The Gov-
ernment-wide goal for Federal procurement dollars
awarded to small business concerns owned and con-
trolled by socially and economically disadvantaged in-
dividuals (SDBs) shall be 15 percent in Fiscal Year 2025.
In furtherance of this goal, OMB shall set a Govern-
ment-wide SDB goal for Fiscal Year 2024. The Small
Business Administration shall, on an annual basis,
work with each agency to establish an agency-specific
goal that, in aggregate, supports the Government-wide
goal. Further, agencies shall undertake efforts to in-
crease contracting opportunities for all other small
business concerns as described in the Small Business
Act (15 U.S.C. ch. 14A) [§ 631 et seq.].
(b) Agencies shall expand procurement opportunities
for SDBs through Federal financial assistance, con-
sistent with applicable law, under the Bipartisan Infra-
structure Law, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, and
other Federal financial assistance programs.
SEC. 8. Affirmatively Advancing Civil Rights. Agencies
shall comprehensively use their respective civil rights
authorities and offices to prevent and address discrimi-
nation and advance equity for all, including to increase
the effects of civil rights enforcement and to increase
public awareness of civil rights principles, consistent
with applicable law. Agencies shall consider opportuni-
ties to:
(a) further elevate their respective civil rights of-
fices, including by directing that their most senior
civil rights officer report to the agency head;
(b) ensure that their respective civil rights offices are
consulted on decisions regarding the design, develop-
ment, acquisition, and use of artificial intelligence and
automated systems;
(c) increase coordination, communication, and en-
gagement with community-based organizations and
civil rights organizations;
(d) increase the capacity, including staffing capacity,
of their respective civil rights offices, in coordination
with OMB;
(e) improve accessibility for people with disabilities
and improve language access services to ensure that all
communities can engage with agencies’ respective civil
rights offices, including by fully implementing Execu-
tive Order 13166 of August 11, 2000 (Improving Access to
Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency)
[42 U.S.C. 2000d–1 note]; and
(f) prevent and remedy discrimination, including by
protecting the public from algorithmic discrimination.
SEC. 9. Further Advancing Equitable Data Practices. The
Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP) Na-
tional Science and Technology Council Subcommittee
on Equitable Data shall, to the extent consistent with
applicable law, coordinate the implementation of rel-
evant recommendations of the Interagency Working
Group on Equitable Data established in Executive
Order 13985. The Director of OSTP shall provide a re-
port on the Subcommittee’s progress to the Steering
Committee every January and July.
SEC. 10. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) The term ‘‘equity’’ means the consistent and sys-
tematic treatment of all individuals in a fair, just, and
impartial manner, including individuals who belong to
communities that often have been denied such treat-
ment, such as Black, Latino, Indigenous and Native
American, Asian American, Native Hawaiian, and Pa-
cific Islander persons and other persons of color; mem-
bers of religious minorities; women and girls; LGBTQI+
persons; persons with disabilities; persons who live in
rural areas; persons who live in United States Terri-
tories; persons otherwise adversely affected by per-
sistent poverty or inequality; and individuals who be-
long to multiple such communities.
(b) The term ‘‘underserved communities’’ refers to
those populations as well as geographic communities
that have been systematically denied the opportunity
to participate fully in aspects of economic, social, and
civic life, as defined in Executive Orders 13985 and 14020.
(c) The term ‘‘equitable development’’ refers to a
positive development approach that employs processes,
policies, and programs that aim to meet the needs of
all communities and community members, with a par-
ticular focus on underserved communities and popu-
lations.
(d) The term ‘‘community wealth building’’ refers to
an approach to economic development that strengthens
the capacities of underserved communities by ensuring
institutions and local economies have ownership mod-
els with greater community participation and control.
This results in upgrading skills, growing entrepreneurs,
increasing incomes, expanding net asset ownership, and
fostering social well-being.
(e) The term ‘‘equitable data’’ refers to data that
allow for rigorous assessment of the extent to which
Government programs and policies yield consistently
fair, just, and impartial treatment of all individuals.
(f) The term ‘‘algorithmic discrimination’’ refers to
instances when automated systems contribute to un-
justified different treatment or impacts disfavoring
people based on their actual or perceived race, color,
ethnicity, sex (including based on pregnancy, child-
birth, and related conditions; gender identity; intersex
status; and sexual orientation), religion, age, national
origin, limited English proficiency, disability, veteran
status, genetic information, or any other classification
protected by law.
SEC. 11. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) Agencies not covered by section 2(a) of this order,
including independent agencies, are strongly encour-
aged to comply with the provisions of this order.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
J.R. BIDEN, JR.
EX. ORD. NO. 14094. MODERNIZING REGULATORY REVIEW
Ex. Ord. No. 14094, Apr. 6, 2023, 88 F.R. 21879, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and in order to modernize the regulatory
process to advance policies that promote the public in-
terest and address national priorities, it is hereby or-
dered as follows:
SECTION 1. Improving the Effectiveness of the Regulatory
Review Process. (a) This order supplements and reaf-
Page 212
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
firms the principles, structures, and definitions gov-
erning contemporary regulatory review established in
Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993 (Regulatory
Planning and Review) [set out above], and Executive
Order 13563 of January 18, 2011 (Improving Regulation
and Regulatory Review) [set out above]. Any provisions
of those orders not amended in this order shall remain
in effect. This order also further implements the Presi-
dential Memorandum of January 20, 2021 (Modernizing
Regulatory Review) [86 F.R. 7223].
(b) [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12866, set out above]
SEC. 2. Affirmative Promotion of Inclusive Regulatory
Policy and Public Participation. (a) To the extent prac-
ticable and consistent with applicable law, regulatory
actions should be informed by input from interested or
affected communities; State, local, territorial, and
Tribal officials and agencies; interested or affected par-
ties in the private sector and other regulated entities;
those with expertise in relevant disciplines; and the
public as a whole. Opportunities for public participa-
tion shall be designed to promote equitable and mean-
ingful participation by a range of interested or affected
parties, including underserved communities.
(b) To inform the regulatory planning process, execu-
tive departments and agencies (agencies) shall, to the
extent practicable and consistent with applicable law:
(i) clarify opportunities for interested persons to pe-
tition for the issuance, amendment, or repeal of a rule
under 5 U.S.C. 553(e);
(ii) endeavor to respond to such petitions efficiently,
in light of agency judgments of available resources and
priorities; and
(iii) maintain, subject to available resources, a log of
such petitions received, and share with the Adminis-
trator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Af-
fairs (OIRA), upon request, information on the status of
recently resolved and pending petitions.
(c) To inform the development of regulatory agendas
and plans, agencies shall endeavor, as practicable and
appropriate, to proactively engage interested or af-
fected parties, including members of underserved com-
munities; consumers; workers and labor organizations;
program beneficiaries; businesses and regulated enti-
ties; those with expertise in relevant disciplines; and
other parties that may be interested or affected. These
efforts shall incorporate, to the extent consistent with
applicable law, best practices for information accessi-
bility and engagement with interested or affected par-
ties, including, as practicable and appropriate, commu-
nity-based outreach; outreach to organizations that
work with interested or affected parties; use of agency
field offices; use of alternative platforms and media for
engaging the public; and expansion of public capacity
for engaging in the rulemaking process.
(d) The Administrator of OIRA, in consultation with
relevant agencies, as appropriate, shall consider guid-
ance or tools to modernize the notice-and-comment
process, including through technological changes.
These reforms may include guidance or tools to address
mass comments, computer-generated comments (such
as those generated through artificial intelligence), and
falsely attributed comments.
(e) Section 6(b)(4) of Executive Order 12866 establishes
a process for persons not employed by the executive
branch of the Federal Government to request meetings
with OIRA officials regarding the substance of regu-
latory actions under OIRA review. Public trust in the
regulatory process depends on protecting regulatory
development from the risk or appearance of disparate
and undue influence, including in the OIRA review
process. In order to reduce this risk or appearance, the
Administrator of OIRA shall, to the extent practicable
and consistent with applicable law:
(i) Provide information to facilitate the initiation of
meeting requests regarding regulatory actions under
OIRA review from potential participants not employed
by the executive branch of the Federal Government
who have not historically requested such meetings, in-
cluding those from underserved communities; and
(ii) Implement reforms to improve procedures and
policies with respect to OIRA’s consideration of meet-
ing requests initiated by persons not employed by the
executive branch of the Federal Government regarding
the substance of regulatory actions under OIRA review
to further the efficiency and effectiveness of such meet-
ings. These reforms may include:
(A) efforts to ensure access for meeting requesters
who have not historically requested such meetings;
(B) discouraging meeting requests that are duplica-
tive of earlier meetings with OIRA regarding the
same regulatory action by the same meeting request-
ers;
(C) consolidation of meetings by requester, subject
matter, or any other consistently applied factors
deemed appropriate to improve efficiency and effec-
tiveness; and
(D) disclosure of data in an open, machine-readable,
and accessible format that includes the dates and
names of individuals involved in all substantive
meetings and the subject matter discussed during
such meetings, as required by section 6(b)(4)(C)(iii) of
Executive Order 12866, so as to better facilitate trans-
parency and analysis.
SEC. 3. Improving Regulatory Analysis. (a) Regulatory
analysis should facilitate agency efforts to develop reg-
ulations that serve the public interest, advance statu-
tory objectives, and are consistent with Executive
Order 12866, Executive Order 13563, and the Presidential
Memorandum of January 20, 2021 (Modernizing Regu-
latory Review). Regulatory analysis, as practicable and
appropriate, shall recognize distributive impacts and
equity, to the extent permitted by law.
(b) Within 1 year of the date of this order [Apr. 6,
2023], the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget, through the Administrator of OIRA and in con-
sultation with the Chair of the Council of Economic
Advisers and representatives of relevant agencies, shall
issue revisions to the Office of Management and Budg-
et’s Circular A–4 of September 17, 2003 (Regulatory
Analysis), in order to implement the policy set forth in
subsection (a) of this section.
SEC. 4. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
J.R. BIDEN, JR.
EX. ORD. NO. 14123. WHITE HOUSE COUNCIL ON SUPPLY
CHAIN RESILIENCE
Ex. Ord. No. 14123, June 14, 2024, 89 F.R. 51949, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. As described in Executive Order
14017 of February 24, 2021 (America’s Supply Chains)
[set out above], it is the policy of my Administration
to strengthen the enduring resilience of America’s sup-
ply chains. The United States needs resilient, diverse,
and secure supply chains to ensure our economic pros-
perity, public health, and national security. Pandemics
and other biological threats, cyber attacks, climate
stressors and extreme weather events, transnational
corruption, terrorist attacks, geopolitical disputes, un-
fair economic competition, and other disruptive condi-
tions can reduce critical infrastructure, manufac-
turing, and processing capacity and the availability of
critical goods, materials, and services. Building resil-
ient American supply chains will necessitate enhancing
Page 213
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
domestic manufacturing capacity, supporting Amer-
ica’s competitive edge in research and development, en-
couraging innovation, reinforcing critical infrastruc-
ture, and creating well-paying jobs. Building resilient
American supply chains will also provide a foundation
to strengthen prosperity, advance the fight against cli-
mate change, enhance national emergency prepared-
ness, and encourage economic growth across the Na-
tion.
More resilient supply chains are secure and diverse.
Characteristics of resilient supply chains include great-
er domestic production; a diverse and agile supplier
base; built-in redundancies; a reliable transportation
system; secure critical infrastructure; adequate stock-
piles; safe and secure data networks; reliable food sys-
tems; and a world-class, globally competitive American
manufacturing base and workforce. Close cooperation
on building global supply chain resilience with allies
and partners who share our values will foster collective
economic and national security, encourage innovation,
and strengthen the capacity to respond to and recover
from international disasters and emergencies.
SEC. 2. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) ‘‘Agency’’ has the meaning given to that term in
Executive Order 14017.
(b) ‘‘Critical goods and materials’’ has the meaning
given to that term in Executive Order 14017.
(c) ‘‘Other essential goods, materials, and services’’
means goods, materials, and services that are essential
to national and economic security, emergency pre-
paredness, or to advance the policy set forth in section
1 of this order, but not included within the definition
of ‘‘critical goods and materials.’’
(d) ‘‘Critical infrastructure’’ means assets, systems,
and networks, whether physical or virtual, that are so
vital to the United States that their incapacitation or
destruction would have a debilitating effect on na-
tional security, economic security, national public
health or safety, or any combination thereof.
SEC. 3. Coordination. (a) This order supplements and
reaffirms the principles governing America’s supply
chains established in Executive Order 14017. Any provi-
sions of Executive Order 14017 not amended in this
order shall remain in effect.
(b) Notwithstanding section 2 of Executive Order
14017, the Assistant to the President for National Secu-
rity Affairs (APNSA) and the Assistant to the Presi-
dent for Economic Policy (APEP) shall coordinate, as
appropriate, the executive branch actions necessary to
implement this order through the White House Council
on Supply Chain Resilience (Council) established on
November 27, 2023, and further described in section 4 of
this order. In coordinating the work of the Council on
issues related to national security, and on other issues
as they deem appropriate, the APNSA and the APEP
shall work with the Council in conformance with the
interagency process identified in National Security
Memorandum 2 of February 4, 2021 (Renewing the Na-
tional Security Council System).
SEC. 4. White House Council on Supply Chain Resilience.
(a) The White House Council on Supply Chain Resil-
ience residing within the Executive Office of the Presi-
dent is led by the APNSA and the APEP, who serve as
Co-Chairs of the Council. In addition to the Co-Chairs,
the membership of the Council consists of the following
members:
(i) the Secretary of State;
(ii) the Secretary of the Treasury;
(iii) the Secretary of Defense;
(iv) the Attorney General;
(v) the Secretary of the Interior;
(vi) the Secretary of Agriculture;
(vii) the Secretary of Commerce;
(viii) the Secretary of Labor;
(ix) the Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(x) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development;
(xi) the Secretary of Transportation;
(xii) the Secretary of Energy;
(xiii) the Secretary of Veterans Affairs;
(xiv) the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(xv) the Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency;
(xvi) the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget;
(xvii) the Director of National Intelligence;
(xviii) the United States Trade Representative;
(xix) the Chair of the Council of Economic Advisers;
(xx) the Administrator of the Small Business Admin-
istration;
(xxi) the Director of the Office of Science and Tech-
nology Policy;
(xxii) the Assistant to the President and Homeland
Security Advisor;
(xxiii) the Assistant to the President and National
Climate Advisor;
(xxiv) the National Cyber Director;
(xxv) the Senior Advisor to the President for Inter-
national Climate Policy;
(xxvi) the Chair of the Council on Environmental
Quality;
(xxvii) the Administrator of the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration;
(xxviii) the Administrator of the United States Agen-
cy for International Development;
(xxix) the Director of the Office of Pandemic Pre-
paredness and Response Policy;
(xxx) the President of the Export-Import Bank of the
United States; and
(xxxi) the heads of such other agencies and offices as
the Co-Chairs may from time to time invite to partici-
pate.
(b) The Co-Chairs shall invite participation of the
Chairman of the Federal Maritime Commission and the
Chairman of the Surface Transportation Board to the
extent consistent with their statutory authorities and
obligations.
(c) The Council shall coordinate and promote Federal
Government efforts to strengthen long-term supply
chain resilience and American industrial competitive-
ness; identify and provide a coordinated response to ad-
dress
supply
chain
insecurities,
threats,
and
vulnerabilities, including excessive geographic or sup-
plier concentration; and facilitate collaboration by
agencies with allies and partners to foster greater glob-
al supply chain resilience. To serve these purposes, the
Council shall:
(i) recommend to agencies procedures and best prac-
tices for agency cooperation and coordination on data
collection and analysis, especially to the extent that
agency missions may overlap or intersect, and help fa-
cilitate such cooperation and coordination;
(ii) identify budgetary and any other resources need-
ed to support supply chain resilience, including re-
sources to build strong and enduring agency capabili-
ties to identify, address, mitigate, and prevent supply
chain risks, shocks, and disruptions;
(iii) recommend administrative actions that would
further the policy objectives set forth in section 1 of
Executive Order 14017 and in section 1 of this order;
(iv) coordinate with other interagency bodies man-
aging policy areas that affect the integrity of supply
chains; and
(v) coordinate with agencies, to the extent appro-
priate and consistent with applicable law, to ensure
that agency operations related to building critical sup-
ply chain resilience are conducted in a manner that
promotes a fair, open, and competitive marketplace
and empowers workers to advocate for their rights and
quality jobs.
(d) The Council shall, as appropriate and consistent
with applicable law, consult outside stakeholders—such
as private industry; academic and educational institu-
tions; non-governmental organizations; labor unions;
and State, local, Tribal, and territorial governments—
on an individual basis to help accomplish the policy ob-
jectives identified in section 1 of this order and in sec-
tion 1 of Executive Order 14017. Any member of the
Council that receives a recommendation from a Federal
Advisory Committee, as that term is defined in 5 U.S.C.
1001(2), regarding industrial resilience and competitive-
Page 214
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
ness or supply chain risks, resilience, diversity, or sus-
tainability shall, as appropriate and consistent with
applicable law, share that recommendation with the
Council.
(e) The Council shall conduct a quadrennial supply
chain review of industries critical to national or eco-
nomic security. The review shall address the processes
in place to monitor supply chains and the timeliness of
the associated data. At the conclusion of each review,
the Council shall submit a report to the President, with
the first report submitted no later than December 31,
2024, and subsequent reports submitted every 4 years
thereafter. Where practicable and as appropriate, the
report shall make recommendations concerning:
(i) Federal incentives and any potential amendments
to Federal procurement regulations that may be nec-
essary to attract and retain private sector investments
in the supply chains for critical goods and materials
and other essential goods, materials, and services as de-
fined in section 2 of this order, including any new pro-
grams that could encourage both domestic and foreign
investment in the supply chains for critical goods and
materials and other essential goods, materials, and
services;
(ii) a strategic plan that includes diplomatic, eco-
nomic, security, international development, trade, and
other policy actions to guide United States engagement
with allies and partners, including through regional
economic frameworks or partnerships supported by the
United States, to strengthen global supply chain resil-
ience in critical sectors;
(iii) actions for the insulation of Federal supply chain
analyses and actions from conflicts of interest, corrup-
tion, or the appearance of impropriety to ensure con-
tinued integrity and public confidence in supply chain
analyses and actions;
(iv) potential legislative changes that would promote
the policy objectives set forth in section 1 of Executive
Order 14017 and in section 1 of this order;
(v) reforms to domestic and international trade rules
and agreements that could be pursued to support sup-
ply chain resilience, security, diversity, sustainability,
and strength;
(vi) education and workforce reforms needed to
strengthen the domestic industrial base for critical
goods and materials and other essential goods, mate-
rials, and services; and
(vii) steps to ensure that the Federal Government’s
supply chain policies support small businesses and fam-
ily-owned small- and mid-sized farming operations, pre-
vent monopolization, strengthen critical infrastruc-
ture, empower workers to advocate for their rights and
quality jobs, consider climate and other health and en-
vironmental effects, encourage economic growth in un-
derserved communities and economically distressed
areas, and promote the geographic dispersal of eco-
nomic activity across all regions of the United States.
(f) Subsection (e) of this section supersedes section
5(c) of Executive Order 14017.
(g) Each member of the Council shall designate, with-
in 30 days of the date of this order [June 14, 2024], a sen-
ior official within their respective agency or office who
shall coordinate with the Council and who shall be re-
sponsible for overseeing the agency’s or office’s efforts
to address supply chain resilience. The Co-Chairs may
designate Council subgroups consisting of Council
members or their designees, as appropriate.
(h) The Council shall meet on a semiannual basis un-
less the Co-Chairs determine that a meeting is unneces-
sary or that additional meetings are needed.
(i) Each agency or office shall bear its own expenses
for participating in the Council.
SEC. 5. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
J.R. BIDEN, JR.
EX. ORD. NO. 14126. INVESTING IN AMERICA AND
INVESTING IN AMERICAN WORKERS
Ex. Ord. No. 14126, Sept. 6, 2024, 89 F.R. 73559, pro-
vided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. The Federal Government has made
significant strides in implementing the Investing in
America agenda, a historic set of recently enacted laws
aimed at rebuilding American infrastructure, bringing
back American manufacturing, and catalyzing a clean
energy economy. That agenda has been furthered by
Executive Order 14082 of September 12, 2022 (Implemen-
tation of the Energy and Infrastructure Provisions of
the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022) [26 U.S.C. 1 note],
and Executive Order 14080 of August 25, 2022 (Implemen-
tation of the CHIPS Act of 2022) [15 U.S.C. 4651 note]. As
implementation of the Investing in America agenda
continues, it is essential that it supports the creation
of well-paying jobs, especially union jobs, that improve
opportunities for millions of Americans. Investing in
American workers is critical to growing the economy
equitably and resiliently, increasing our Nation’s com-
petitiveness, and ensuring our Nation’s economic secu-
rity. Workers understand the value of a good job that
provides economic security for them and their families.
Many companies also recognize that providing good-
quality jobs while promoting workers’ free and fair
choice to join a union makes those companies employ-
ers of choice, creating a clear competitive advantage.
The Federal Government has long promoted high
labor standards to ensure fair competition, stability,
and efficiency on federally assisted projects. The use of
high labor standards on federally assisted projects,
such as the use of prevailing wages, project labor agree-
ments, and equal employment opportunity policies,
dates back almost a century. These tools ensure timely
and economical completion of projects, provide a reli-
able source of highly skilled workers, support equitable
workforce development, and improve worker health
and safety on the job, while also improving outcomes
for the communities in which projects are located. But
these tools can and should be employed to a greater ex-
tent than they have been in the past.
For instance, providing incentives for federally as-
sisted projects with high labor standards—including
those using collective bargaining agreements, project
labor agreements, and certain community benefits
agreements—drives efficient project completion while
also supporting high-quality jobs, worker safety, and
broader investment in communities. Ensuring that
workers on federally assisted projects are paid competi-
tive and equitable wages will enhance worker produc-
tivity, generate higher-quality work, and reduce turn-
over,
providing
value
for
taxpayers.
Promoting
inclusivity, with equal opportunity for all qualified
workers, will help ensure that federally assisted
projects have the workforce needed to implement the
Investing in America agenda.
Therefore, it is the policy of my Administration to
promote the creation of equitable workforce develop-
ment pathways for workers to obtain good jobs that
pay family-sustaining wages, provide critical benefits,
prevent workplace discrimination, ensure worker safe-
ty, and allow workers a free and fair chance to join a
union.
SEC. 2. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) The term ‘‘implementing agencies’’ means the De-
partment of the Interior, the Department of Agri-
culture, the Department of Commerce, the Department
of Labor, the Department of Housing and Urban Devel-
Page 215
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
opment, the Department of Transportation, the Depart-
ment of Energy, the Department of Education, the De-
partment of Homeland Security, and the Environ-
mental Protection Agency.
(b) The term ‘‘community benefits agreement’’ means
an agreement signed by a developer and one or more
community benefit groups—coalitions that are com-
posed of neighborhood associations, faith-based organi-
zations, unions, environmental groups, or other stake-
holders—that identifies the community benefits a de-
veloper agrees to deliver in return for community sup-
port of the project.
(c) The term ‘‘Federal financial assistance’’ means
funds obtained from the Federal Government or bor-
rowed on the credit of the Federal Government pursu-
ant to grants (whether formula or discretionary), loans,
or rebates, or projects undertaken pursuant to any Fed-
eral program involving such grants, loans, or rebates.
(d) The term ‘‘Investing in America agenda’’ means
the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (Public Law
117–2); the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act
(Public Law 117–58); division A of Public Law 117–167,
known as the Creating Helpful Incentives to Produce
Semiconductors (CHIPS) Act of 2022; and Public Law
117–169, commonly referred to as the Inflation Reduc-
tion Act of 2022 [see Tables for classification].
(e) The term ‘‘pre-apprenticeship program’’ has the
meaning given to that term in 29 CFR 30.2.
(f) The term ‘‘pre-award processes’’ means the nego-
tiations, interactions, and other communications be-
tween an implementing agency and an applicant after
proposal submission and prior to award.
(g) The term ‘‘project labor agreement’’ means a pre-
hire collective bargaining agreement with one or more
labor organizations that establishes the terms and con-
ditions of employment for a specific construction
project and is an agreement described in 29 U.S.C.
158(f).
(h) The term ‘‘registered apprenticeship’’ means an
industry-driven career pathway through which employ-
ers can develop and prepare their future workforces and
individuals can obtain paid training; work experience;
progressive wage increases; classroom instruction; and
a portable, nationally recognized credential. A reg-
istered apprenticeship must meet the requirements for
registration as set forth in 29 CFR parts 29 and 30.
(i) The term ‘‘underserved communities’’ refers to
those populations as well as geographic communities
that have been systematically denied the opportunity
to participate fully in aspects of economic, social, and
civic life, as defined in section 2 of Executive Order
13985 of January 20, 2021 (Advancing Racial Equity and
Support for Underserved Communities Through the
Federal Government) [5 U.S.C. 601 note], section 6 of
Executive Order 14020 of March 8, 2021 (Establishment
of the White House Gender Policy Council) [42 U.S.C.
2000e note], and section 10 of Executive Order 14091 of
February 16, 2023 (Further Advancing Racial Equity
and Support for Underserved Communities Through the
Federal Government) [5 U.S.C. 601 note], and addition-
ally includes formerly incarcerated individuals.
(j) The term ‘‘public workforce system’’ has the
meaning given to the term ‘‘workforce development
system’’ in 29 U.S.C. 3102(67).
SEC. 3. Implementation Priorities. In selecting projects
for receiving Federal financial assistance from the In-
vesting in America agenda, implementing agencies
shall consider actions that, as appropriate and con-
sistent with applicable law:
(a) Prioritize projects for selection that provide a
clear plan for efficient project delivery by promoting
positive labor-management relations. Examples of in-
struments and policies that implementing agencies
could consider encouraging applicants to adopt, as ap-
propriate, may include: project labor agreements, com-
munity benefits agreements, collective bargaining
agreements, agreements intended to ensure the unin-
terrupted delivery of services, agreements designed to
facilitate first collective bargaining agreements, vol-
untary union recognition, and neutrality by the em-
ployer with respect to union organizing.
(b) Prioritize projects that enhance worker produc-
tivity by promoting family-sustaining wages. Examples
of policies that implementing agencies could consider
encouraging applicants to adopt, as appropriate, may
include: payment of wages tied to a particular metric—
such as wages not less than prevailing wages, the upper
quartile of industry pay, or union pattern wage scales—
including for workers in the care workforce, that is, in-
dividuals working in the fields of child care and long-
term care; policies to promote equal pay and eliminate
discriminatory pay practices, such as transparency
measures; and other policies aligned with the Good
Jobs Principles established by the Department of Com-
merce and the Department of Labor on June 21, 2022.
(c) Prioritize projects that supply critical benefits
that promote economic security for workers, such as
paid leave (including paid sick, family, and medical
leave); health care; retirement benefits; and child, de-
pendent, and elder care.
(d) Prioritize projects that promote and expand ac-
cess to, and put in place policies that combat discrimi-
nation that limits employment in, high-quality jobs for
workers from underserved communities. Examples of
policies that implementing agencies could consider en-
couraging applicants to adopt, as appropriate, may in-
clude: workforce plans that contain strategies for re-
cruiting, hiring, and retaining workers from under-
served and local communities; policies that help pre-
vent workplace discrimination and harassment, includ-
ing through reporting structures and ongoing training;
and participation in programs designed to support com-
pliance with existing equal employment opportunity
obligations under Executive Order 11246 of September
24, 1965 (Equal Employment Opportunity) [42 U.S.C.
2000e note], as amended, section 503 of the Rehabilita-
tion Act of 1973 (Public Law 93–112) [29 U.S.C. 793], the
Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of
1972 (Public Law 92–540) [see Tables for classification],
as amended, and their implementing regulations.
(e) Prioritize projects that strengthen workforce de-
velopment by expanding worker access to high-quality
training and portable credentials that lead to good
jobs. Examples of policies that implementing agencies
could consider encouraging applicants to adopt, as ap-
propriate, may include: the use of joint labor-manage-
ment partnerships that invest in union-affiliated train-
ing programs, registered apprenticeships, and pre-ap-
prenticeship programs that matriculate to registered
apprenticeships; partnerships with organizations that
deliver training such as community colleges, career
and technical education programs, disability service
organizations, the public workforce system, and the
American Climate Corps; and the provision of sup-
portive services necessary to complete training such as
child care and transportation assistance.
(f) Prioritize projects that promote and protect work-
er health and safety through policies that encourage
supplemental safety training, worker and union par-
ticipation in the design and implementation of work-
place safety and health management systems, and dis-
closure of occupational safety and health violations.
SEC. 4. Implementation Approach. (a) Implementing
agencies shall, as appropriate and consistent with ap-
plicable law, consider the following strategies in con-
nection with their Federal financial assistance pro-
grams to promote the implementation priorities identi-
fied in section 3 of this order:
(i) including application evaluation criteria or selec-
tion factors that prioritize applicants that adopt or
provide a specific plan to adopt those priorities;
(ii) publishing best practice guides and other guid-
ance to applicants to promote and implement those pri-
orities, including guides on what types of Federal fi-
nancial assistance can be used for workforce develop-
ment, such as supportive services;
(iii) engaging with applicants, where appropriate,
during pre-award processes to ensure that applicants
understand the benefits of those priorities for key pro-
grams and projects;
(iv) collecting relevant data to demonstrate funding
recipients’ progress, including by:
Page 216
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(A) requesting in funding notices or through other
appropriate mechanisms that applicants address a se-
ries of ‘‘yes’’ or ‘‘no’’ questions regarding the imple-
mentation of those priorities to ensure transparency
of labor practices and commitments;
(B) using existing compliance practices (such as the
collection of certified payrolls when applicable) to
collect detailed data on job quality, equity, and
worker empowerment; and
(C) requesting reporting on key metrics and encour-
aging voluntary public reporting of additional rel-
evant metrics developed by the implementing agency;
(v) promoting compliance with Federal law and com-
mitments made by applicants, including, as appro-
priate, referring alleged violations of law to other exec-
utive departments and agencies for a determination of
whether circumstances warrant the issuance of finan-
cial penalties or collection of relief for workers
harmed, withholding further Federal financial assist-
ance pending correction of a deficiency, recovery of
some or all Federal funds, or debarment; and
(vi) supporting program staff and developing imple-
menting agency expertise, including by consulting the
Department of Labor and implementing agency labor
advisors, to train program staff on how to implement
those priorities and ensure that staff have the expertise
needed to support the creation of good jobs through
each phase of project delivery on federally assisted
projects.
(b) Implementing agencies shall carry out their re-
sponsibilities under this order consistent with their re-
sponsibilities under the Justice40 Initiative set forth in
Executive Order 14008 of January 27, 2021 (Tackling the
Climate Crisis at Home and Abroad) [42 U.S.C. 4321
note].
SEC. 5. Investing in Good Jobs Task Force. (a) There is
established within the Executive Office of the Presi-
dent the Investing in Good Jobs Task Force (Task
Force). The function of the Task Force is to coordinate
policy development that supports efficient project de-
livery while also driving the creation of high-quality
jobs and to otherwise support the effective implemen-
tation of this order. The Task Force shall be co-chaired
by the Secretary of Labor and the Assistant to the
President for Economic Policy and Director of the Na-
tional Economic Council or their designees.
(b) In addition to the Co-Chairs, the Task Force shall
consist of the following members or their designees:
(i) the Secretary of the Interior;
(ii) the Secretary of Agriculture;
(iii) the Secretary of Commerce;
(iv) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment;
(v) the Secretary of Transportation;
(vi) the Secretary of Energy;
(vii) the Secretary of Education;
(viii) the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(ix) the Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency;
(x) the Assistant to the President and National Cli-
mate Advisor;
(xi) the Senior Advisor to the President for Inter-
national Climate Policy;
(xii) the Chair of the Council on Environmental Qual-
ity;
(xiii) the Chair of the Council of Economic Advisers;
(xiv) the Assistant to the President and Director of
the Domestic Policy Council;
(xv) the Assistant to the President and Director of
the Gender Policy Council; and
(xvi) the heads of other executive departments, agen-
cies, and offices as the Co-Chairs may from time to
time invite to participate.
(c) The Task Force shall assist implementing agen-
cies in promoting the implementation priorities identi-
fied in section 3 of this order. To do so, the Task Force
shall:
(i) share and, as appropriate, develop best practices
related to promoting adoption of the implementation
priorities identified in section 3 of this order, and pro-
vide technical assistance to implementing agencies in
implementing these best practices;
(ii) support implementing agencies as they develop
expertise in promoting efficient project delivery while
also driving the creation of high-quality jobs; and
(iii) engage in other appropriate activities as deter-
mined by the Task Force, consistent with applicable
law, to support effective implementation of this order.
SEC. 6. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order
shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with
applicable law and subject to the availability of appro-
priations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforce-
able at law or in equity by any party against the
United States, its departments, agencies, or entities,
its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
J.R. BIDEN, JR.
REGULATORY REFORM—WAIVER OF PENALTIES AND
REDUCTION OF REPORTS
Memorandum of President of the United States, Apr.
21, 1995, 60 F.R. 20621, provided:
Memorandum for
The Secretary of State
The Secretary of the Treasury
The Secretary of Defense
The Attorney General
The Secretary of the Interior
The Secretary of Agriculture
The Secretary of Commerce
The Secretary of Labor
The Secretary of Health and Human Services
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
The Secretary of Transportation
The Secretary of Energy
The Secretary of Education
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs
The
Administrator,
Environmental
Protection
Agency
The Administrator, Small Business Administration
The Secretary of the Army
The Secretary of the Navy
The Secretary of the Air Force
The
Director,
Federal
Emergency
Management
Agency
The Administrator, National Aeronautics and Space
Administration
The Director, National Science Foundation
The Acting Archivist of the United States
The Administrator of General Services
The Chair, Railroad Retirement Board
The Chairperson, Architectural and Transportation
Barriers Compliance Board
The Executive Director, Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation
On March 16, I announced that the Administration
would implement new policies to give compliance offi-
cials more flexibility in dealing with small business
and to cut back on paperwork. These Governmentwide
policies, as well as the specific agency actions I an-
nounced, are part of this Administration’s continuing
commitment to sensible regulatory reform. With your
help and cooperation, we hope to move the Government
toward a more flexible, effective, and user friendly ap-
proach to regulation.
A. Actions: This memorandum directs the designated
department and agency heads to implement the poli-
cies set forth below.
1. Authority to Waive Penalties. (a) To the extent per-
mitted by law, each agency shall use its discretion to
modify the penalties for small businesses in the fol-
lowing situations. Agencies shall exercise their en-
Page 217
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
forcement discretion to waive the imposition of all or
a portion of a penalty when the violation is corrected
within a time period appropriate to the violation in
question. For those violations that may take longer to
correct than the period set by the agency, the agency
shall use its enforcement discretion to waive up to 100
percent of the financial penalties if the amounts
waived are used to bring the entity into compliance.
The provisions in paragraph 1(a) of this memorandum
shall apply only where there has been a good faith ef-
fort to comply with applicable regulations and the vio-
lation does not involve criminal wrongdoing or signifi-
cant threat to health, safety, or the environment.
(b) Each agency shall, by June 15, 1995, submit a plan
to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget
(‘‘Director’’) describing the actions it will take to im-
plement the policies in paragraph 1(a) of this memo-
randum. The plan shall provide that the agency will
implement the policies described in paragraph 1(a) of
this memorandum on or before July 14, 1995. Plans
should include information on how notification will be
given to frontline workers and small businesses.
2. Cutting Frequency of Reports. (a) Each agency shall
reduce by one-half the frequency of the regularly
scheduled reports that the public is required, by rule or
by policy, to provide to the Government (from quar-
terly to semiannually, from semiannually to annually,
etc.), unless the department or agency head determines
that such action is not legally permissible; would not
adequately protect health, safety, or the environment;
would be inconsistent with achieving regulatory flexi-
bility or reducing regulatory burdens; or would impede
the effective administration of the agency’s program.
The duty to make such determinations shall be non-
delegable.
(b) Each agency shall, by June 15, 1995, submit a plan
to the Director describing the actions it will take to
implement the policies in paragraph 2(a), including a
copy of any determination that certain reports are ex-
cluded.
B. Application and Scope: 1. The Director may issue
further guidance as necessary to carry out the purposes
of this memorandum.
2. This memorandum does not apply to matters re-
lated to law enforcement, national security, or foreign
affairs, the importation or exportation of prohibited or
restricted items, Government taxes, duties, fees, reve-
nues, or receipts; nor does it apply to agencies (or com-
ponents thereof) whose principal purpose is the collec-
tion, analysis, and dissemination of statistical infor-
mation.
3. This memorandum is not intended, and should not
be construed, to create any right or benefit, sub-
stantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party
against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or
its employees.
4. The Director of the Office of Management and
Budget is authorized and directed to publish this
memorandum in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON.
[References to the Director of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency to be considered to refer and
apply to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency, see section 612(c) of Pub. L.
109–295, set out as a note under section 313 of Title 6,
Domestic Security.]
PLAIN LANGUAGE IN GOVERNMENT WRITING
Memorandum of President of the United States, June
1, 1998, 63 F.R. 31885, provided:
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Depart-
ments and Agencies
The Vice President and I have made reinventing the
Federal Government a top priority of my Administra-
tion. We are determined to make the Government more
responsive, accessible, and understandable in its com-
munications with the public.
The Federal Government’s writing must be in plain
language. By using plain language, we send a clear mes-
sage about what the Government is doing, what it re-
quires, and what services it offers. Plain language saves
the Government and the private sector time, effort, and
money.
Plain language requirements vary from one docu-
ment to another, depending on the intended audience.
Plain language documents have logical organization,
easy-to-read design features, and use:
• common, everyday words, except for necessary tech-
nical terms;
• ‘‘you’’ and other pronouns;
• the active voice; and
• short sentences.
To ensure the use of plain language, I direct you to
do the following:
• By October 1, 1998, use plain language in all new
documents, other than regulations, that explain
how to obtain a benefit or service or how to comply
with a requirement you administer or enforce. For
example, these documents may include letters,
forms, notices, and instructions. By January 1, 2002,
all such documents created prior to October 1, 1998,
must also be in plain language.
• By January 1, 1999, use plain language in all pro-
posed and final rulemaking documents published in
the Federal Register, unless you proposed the rule
before that date. You should consider rewriting ex-
isting regulations in plain language when you have
the opportunity and resources to do so.
The National Partnership for Reinventing Govern-
ment will issue guidance to help you comply with these
directives and to explain more fully the elements of
plain language. You should also use customer feedback
and common sense to guide your plain language efforts.
I ask the independent agencies to comply with these
directives.
This memorandum does not confer any right or ben-
efit enforceable by law against the United States or its
representatives. The Director of the Office of Manage-
ment and Budget will publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON.
PREEMPTION
Memorandum of President of the United States, May
20, 2009, 74 F.R. 24693, provided:
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Depart-
ments and Agencies
From our Nation’s founding, the American constitu-
tional order has been a Federal system, ensuring a
strong role for both the national Government and the
States. The Federal Government’s role in promoting
the general welfare and guarding individual liberties is
critical, but State law and national law often operate
concurrently to provide independent safeguards for the
public. Throughout our history, State and local govern-
ments have frequently protected health, safety, and the
environment more aggressively than has the national
Government.
An understanding of the important role of State gov-
ernments in our Federal system is reflected in long-
standing practices by executive departments and agen-
cies, which have shown respect for the traditional pre-
rogatives of the States. In recent years, however, not-
withstanding Executive Order 13132 of August 4, 1999
(Federalism), executive departments and agencies have
sometimes announced that their regulations preempt
State law, including State common law, without ex-
plicit preemption by the Congress or an otherwise suffi-
cient basis under applicable legal principles.
The purpose of this memorandum is to state the gen-
eral policy of my Administration that preemption of
State law by executive departments and agencies
should be undertaken only with full consideration of
the legitimate prerogatives of the States and with a
sufficient legal basis for preemption. Executive depart-
ments and agencies should be mindful that in our Fed-
eral system, the citizens of the several States have dis-
tinctive circumstances and values, and that in many
Page 218
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
instances it is appropriate for them to apply to them-
selves rules and principles that reflect these cir-
cumstances and values. As Justice Brandeis explained
more than 70 years ago, ‘‘[i]t is one of the happy inci-
dents of the federal system that a single courageous
state may, if its citizens choose, serve as a laboratory;
and try novel social and economic experiments without
risk to the rest of the country.’’
To ensure that executive departments and agencies
include statements of preemption in regulations only
when such statements have a sufficient legal basis:
1. Heads of departments and agencies should not in-
clude in regulatory preambles statements that the de-
partment or agency intends to preempt State law
through the regulation except where preemption provi-
sions are also included in the codified regulation.
2. Heads of departments and agencies should not in-
clude preemption provisions in codified regulations ex-
cept where such provisions would be justified under
legal principles governing preemption, including the
principles outlined in Executive Order 13132.
3. Heads of departments and agencies should review
regulations issued within the past 10 years that contain
statements in regulatory preambles or codified provi-
sions intended by the department or agency to preempt
State law, in order to decide whether such statements
or provisions are justified under applicable legal prin-
ciples governing preemption. Where the head of a de-
partment or agency determines that a regulatory state-
ment of preemption or codified regulatory provision
cannot be so justified, the head of that department or
agency should initiate appropriate action, which may
include amendment of the relevant regulation.
Executive departments and agencies shall carry out
the provisions of this memorandum to the extent per-
mitted by law and consistent with their statutory au-
thorities. Heads of departments and agencies should
consult as necessary with the Attorney General and the
Office of Management and Budget’s Office of Informa-
tion and Regulatory Affairs to determine how the re-
quirements of this memorandum apply to particular
situations.
This memorandum is not intended to, and does not,
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against
the United States, its departments, agencies, or enti-
ties, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other
person.
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget
is authorized and directed to publish this memorandum
in the Federal Register.
BARACK OBAMA.
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
Memorandum of President of the United States, Jan.
18, 2011, 76 F.R. 3825, provided:
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Depart-
ments and Agencies
My Administration is committed to enhancing effec-
tiveness and efficiency in Government. Pursuant to the
Memorandum on Transparency and Open Government,
issued on January 21, 2009, executive departments and
agencies (agencies) have been working steadily to pro-
mote accountability, encourage collaboration, and pro-
vide information to Americans about their Govern-
ment’s activities.
To that end, much progress has been made toward
strengthening our democracy and improving how Gov-
ernment operates. In the regulatory area, several agen-
cies, such as the Department of Labor and the Environ-
mental Protection Agency, have begun to post online
(at ogesdw.dol.gov and www.epa-echo.gov), and to make
readily accessible to the public, information con-
cerning their regulatory compliance and enforcement
activities, such as information with respect to adminis-
trative inspections, examinations, reviews, warnings,
citations, and revocations (but excluding law enforce-
ment or otherwise sensitive information about ongoing
enforcement actions).
Greater disclosure of regulatory compliance informa-
tion fosters fair and consistent enforcement of impor-
tant regulatory obligations. Such disclosure is a crit-
ical step in encouraging the public to hold the Govern-
ment and regulated entities accountable. Sound regu-
latory enforcement promotes the welfare of Americans
in many ways, by increasing public safety, improving
working conditions, and protecting the air we breathe
and the water we drink. Consistent regulatory enforce-
ment also levels the playing field among regulated en-
tities, ensuring that those that fail to comply with the
law do not have an unfair advantage over their law-
abiding competitors. Greater agency disclosure of com-
pliance and enforcement data will provide Americans
with information they need to make informed deci-
sions. Such disclosure can lead the Government to hold
itself more accountable, encouraging agencies to iden-
tify and address enforcement gaps.
Accordingly, I direct the following:
First, agencies with broad regulatory compliance and
administrative enforcement responsibilities, within 120
days of this memorandum, to the extent feasible and
permitted by law, shall develop plans to make public
information concerning their regulatory compliance
and enforcement activities accessible, downloadable,
and searchable online. In so doing, agencies should
prioritize making accessible information that is most
useful to the general public and should consider the use
of new technologies to allow the public to have access
to real-time data. The independent agencies are en-
couraged to comply with this directive.
Second, the Federal Chief Information Officer and the
Chief Technology Officer shall work with appropriate
counterparts in each agency to make such data avail-
able online in searchable form, including on centralized
platforms such as data.gov, in a manner that facilitates
easy access, encourages cross-agency comparisons, and
engages the public in new and creative ways of using
the information.
Third, the Federal Chief Information Officer and the
Chief Technology Officer, in coordination with the Di-
rector of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
and their counterparts in each agency, shall work to
explore how best to generate and share enforcement
and compliance information across the Government,
consistent with law. Such data sharing can assist with
agencies’ risk-based approaches to enforcement: A lack
of compliance in one area by a regulated entity may in-
dicate a need for examination and closer attention by
another agency. Efforts to share data across agencies,
where appropriate and permitted by law, may help to
promote flexible and coordinated enforcement regimes.
This memorandum is not intended to, and does not,
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against
the United States, its departments, agencies, or enti-
ties, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other
person. Nothing in this memorandum shall be con-
strued to impair or otherwise affect the functions of
the Director of the Office of Management and Budget
relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative
proposals.
The Director of OMB is authorized and directed to
publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
BARACK OBAMA.
REGULATORY FLEXIBILITY, SMALL BUSINESS, AND JOB
CREATION
Memorandum of President of the United States, Jan.
18, 2011, 76 F.R. 3827, provided:
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Depart-
ments and Agencies
Small businesses play an essential role in the Amer-
ican economy; they help to fuel productivity, economic
growth, and job creation. More than half of all Ameri-
cans working in the private sector either are employed
by a small business or own one. During a recent 15-year
period, small businesses created more than 60 percent
of all new jobs in the Nation.
Page 219
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
Although small businesses and new companies pro-
vide the foundations for economic growth and job cre-
ation, they have faced severe challenges as a result of
the recession. One consequence has been the loss of sig-
nificant numbers of jobs.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C.
601–612, establishes a deep national commitment to
achieving statutory goals without imposing unneces-
sary burdens on the public. The RFA emphasizes the
importance of recognizing ‘‘differences in the scale and
resources of regulated entities’’ and of considering ‘‘al-
ternative regulatory approaches . . . which minimize
the significant economic impact of rules on small busi-
nesses, small organizations, and small governmental
jurisdictions.’’ 5 U.S.C. 601 note.
To promote its central goals, the RFA imposes a se-
ries of requirements designed to ensure that agencies
produce regulatory flexibility analyses that give care-
ful consideration to the effects of their regulations on
small businesses and explore significant alternatives in
order to minimize any significant economic impact on
small businesses. Among other things, the RFA re-
quires that when an agency proposing a rule with such
impact is required to provide notice of the proposed
rule, it must also produce an initial regulatory flexi-
bility analysis that includes discussion of significant
alternatives. Significant alternatives include the use of
performance rather than design standards; simplifica-
tion of compliance and reporting requirements for
small businesses; establishment of different timetables
that take into account the resources of small busi-
nesses; and exemption from coverage for small busi-
nesses.
Consistent with the goal of open government, the
RFA also encourages public participation in and trans-
parency about the rulemaking process. Among other
things, the statute requires agencies proposing rules
with a significant economic impact on small businesses
to provide an opportunity for public comment on any
required initial regulatory flexibility analysis, and gen-
erally requires agencies promulgating final rules with
such significant economic impact to respond, in a final
regulatory flexibility analysis, to comments filed by
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration.
My Administration is firmly committed to elimi-
nating excessive and unjustified burdens on small busi-
nesses, and to ensuring that regulations are designed
with careful consideration of their effects, including
their cumulative effects, on small businesses. Execu-
tive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993, as amended,
states, ‘‘Each agency shall tailor its regulations to im-
pose the least burden on society, including individuals,
businesses of differing sizes, and other entities (includ-
ing small communities and governmental entities),
consistent with obtaining the regulatory objectives,
taking into account, among other things, and to the ex-
tent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations.’’
In the current economic environment, it is especially
important for agencies to design regulations in a cost-
effective manner consistent with the goals of pro-
moting economic growth, innovation, competitiveness,
and job creation.
Accordingly, I hereby direct executive departments
and agencies and request independent agencies, when
initiating rulemaking that will have a significant eco-
nomic impact on a substantial number of small enti-
ties, to give serious consideration to whether and how
it is appropriate, consistent with law and regulatory
objectives, to reduce regulatory burdens on small busi-
nesses, through increased flexibility. As the RFA recog-
nizes, such flexibility may take many forms, including:
• extended compliance dates that take into account
the resources available to small entities;
• performance standards rather than design stand-
ards;
• simplification of reporting and compliance require-
ments (as, for example, through streamlined forms and
electronic filing options);
• different requirements for large and small firms;
and
• partial or total exemptions.
I further direct that whenever an executive agency
chooses, for reasons other than legal limitations, not to
provide such flexibility in a proposed or final rule that
is likely to have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities, it should explic-
itly justify its decision not to do so in the explanation
that accompanies that proposed or final rule.
Adherence to these requirements is designed to en-
sure that regulatory actions do not place unjustified
economic burdens on small business owners and other
small entities. If regulations are preceded by careful
analysis, and subjected to public comment, they are
less likely to be based on intuition and guesswork and
more likely to be justified in light of a clear under-
standing of the likely consequences of alternative
courses of action. With that understanding, agencies
will be in a better position to protect the public while
avoiding excessive costs and paperwork.
This memorandum is not intended to, and does not,
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against
the United States, its departments, agencies, or enti-
ties, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other
person. Nothing in this memorandum shall be con-
strued to impair or otherwise affect the functions of
the Director of the Office of Management and Budget
relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative
proposals.
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget
is authorized and directed to publish this memorandum
in the Federal Register.
BARACK OBAMA.
MODERNIZING FEDERAL INFRASTRUCTURE REVIEW AND
PERMITTING REGULATIONS, POLICIES, AND PROCEDURES
Memorandum of President of the United States, May
17, 2013, 78 F.R. 30733, provided:
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Depart-
ments and Agencies
Reliable, safe, and resilient infrastructure is the
backbone of an economy built to last. Investing in our
Nation’s infrastructure serves as an engine for job cre-
ation and economic growth, while bringing immediate
and long-term economic benefits to communities
across the country. The quality of our infrastructure is
critical to maintaining our Nation’s competitive edge
in a global economy and to securing our path to energy
independence. In taking steps to improve our infra-
structure, we must remember that the protection and
continued enjoyment of our Nation’s environmental,
historical, and cultural resources remain an equally
important driver of economic opportunity, resiliency,
and quality of life.
Through the implementation of Executive Order 13604
of March 22, 2012 (Improving Performance of Federal
Permitting and Review of Infrastructure Projects), ex-
ecutive departments and agencies (agencies) have
achieved better outcomes for communities and the en-
vironment and realized substantial time savings in re-
view and permitting by prioritizing the deployment of
resources to specific sectors and projects, and by imple-
menting best-management practices.
These
best-management
practices
include:
inte-
grating project reviews among agencies with permit-
ting responsibilities; ensuring early coordination with
other Federal agencies, as well as with State, local, and
tribal governments; strategically engaging with, and
conducting
outreach
to,
stakeholders;
employing
project-planning processes and individual project de-
signs that consider local and regional ecological plan-
ning goals; utilizing landscape- and watershed-level
mitigation practices; promoting the sharing of sci-
entific and environmental data in open-data formats to
minimize redundancy, facilitate informed project plan-
ning, and identify data gaps early in the review and
permitting process; promoting performance-based per-
mitting and regulatory approaches; expanding the use
of general permits where appropriate; improving trans-
Page 220
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
parency and accountability through the electronic
tracking of review and permitting schedules; and ap-
plying best environmental and cultural practices as set
forth in existing statutes and policies.
Based on the process and policy improvements that
are already being implemented across the Federal Gov-
ernment, we can continue to modernize the Federal
Government’s review and permitting of infrastructure
projects and reduce aggregate timelines for major in-
frastructure projects by half, while also improving out-
comes for communities and the environment by insti-
tutionalizing these best-management practices, and by
making additional improvements to enhance effi-
ciencies in the application of regulations and processes
involving multiple agencies—including expanding the
use of web-based techniques for sharing project-related
information, facilitating targeted and relevant envi-
ronmental reviews, and providing meaningful opportu-
nities for public input through stakeholder engage-
ment.
By the authority vested in me as President by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, and to advance the goal of cutting aggregate
timelines for major infrastructure projects in half,
while also improving outcomes for communities and
the environment, I hereby direct the following:
SECTION 1. Modernization of Review and Permitting Reg-
ulations, Policies, and Procedures. (a) The Steering Com-
mittee on Federal Infrastructure Permitting and Re-
view Process Improvement (Steering Committee), es-
tablished by Executive Order 13604, shall work with the
Chief Performance Officer (CPO), in coordination with
the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs
(OIRA) and the Council on Environmental Quality
(CEQ), to modernize Federal infrastructure review and
permitting regulations, policies, and procedures to sig-
nificantly reduce the aggregate time required by the
Federal Government to make decisions in the review
and permitting of infrastructure projects, while im-
proving environmental and community outcomes.
This modernization shall build upon and incorporate
reforms identified by agencies pursuant to Executive
Order 13604 and Executive Order 13563 of January 18,
2011 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review).
(b) Through an interagency process, coordinated by
the CPO and working closely with CEQ and OIRA, the
Steering Committee shall conduct the following mod-
ernization efforts:
(i) Within 60 days of the date of this memorandum,
the Steering Committee shall identify and prioritize
opportunities to modernize key regulations, policies,
and procedures—both agency-specific and those involv-
ing multiple agencies—to reduce the aggregate project
review and permitting time, while improving environ-
mental and community outcomes.
(ii) Within 120 days of the date of this memorandum,
the Steering Committee shall prepare a plan for a com-
prehensive modernization of Federal review and per-
mitting for infrastructure projects based on the anal-
ysis required by subsection (b)(i) of this section that
outlines specific steps for re-engineering both the
intra- and inter-agency review and approval processes
based on experience implementing Executive Order
13604. The plan shall identify proposed actions and asso-
ciated timelines to:
(1) institutionalize or expand best practices or proc-
ess improvements that agencies are already imple-
menting to improve the efficiency of reviews, while
improving outcomes for communities and the envi-
ronment;
(2) revise key review and permitting regulations,
policies, and procedures (both agency-specific and
Government-wide);
(3) identify high-performance attributes of infra-
structure projects that demonstrate how the projects
seek to advance existing statutory and policy objec-
tives and how they lead to improved outcomes for
communities and the environment, thereby facili-
tating a faster and more efficient review and permit-
ting process;
(4) create process efficiencies, including additional
use of concurrent and integrated reviews;
(5) identify opportunities to use existing share-in-
cost authorities and other non-appropriated funding
sources to support early coordination and project re-
view;
(6) effectively engage the public and interested
stakeholders;
(7) expand coordination with State, local, and tribal
governments;
(8) strategically expand the use of information
technology (IT) tools and identify priority areas for
IT investment to replace paperwork processes, en-
hance effective project siting decisions, enhance
interagency collaboration, and improve the moni-
toring of project impacts and mitigation commit-
ments; and
(9) identify improvements to mitigation policies to
provide project developers with added predictability,
facilitate landscape-scale mitigation based on con-
servation plans and regional environmental assess-
ments, facilitate interagency mitigation plans where
appropriate, ensure accountability and the long-term
effectiveness of mitigation activities, and utilize in-
novative mechanisms where appropriate.
The modernization plan prepared pursuant to this
section shall take into account funding and resource
constraints and shall prioritize implementation accord-
ingly.
(c) Infrastructure sectors covered by the moderniza-
tion effort include: surface transportation, such as
roadways, bridges, railroads, and transit; aviation;
ports and related infrastructure, including naviga-
tional channels; water resources projects; renewable
energy generation; conventional energy production in
high-demand
areas;
electricity
transmission;
broadband; pipelines; storm water infrastructure; and
other sectors as determined by the Steering Com-
mittee.
(d) The following agencies or offices and their rel-
evant sub-divisions shall engage in the modernization
effort:
(i) the Department of Defense;
(ii) the Department of the Interior;
(iii) the Department of Agriculture;
(iv) the Department of Commerce;
(v) the Department of Transportation;
(vi) the Department of Energy;
(vii) the Department of Homeland Security;
(viii) the Environmental Protection Agency;
(ix) the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation;
(x) the Department of the Army;
(xi) the Council on Environmental Quality; and
(xii) such other agencies or offices as the CPO may
invite to participate.
SEC. 2. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this memo-
randum shall be construed to impair or otherwise af-
fect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment, agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals, or the regulatory review
process.
(b) This memorandum shall be implemented con-
sistent with applicable law and subject to the avail-
ability of appropriations.
(c) This memorandum shall be implemented con-
sistent with Executive Order 12898 of February 11, 1994
(Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in
Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations),
Executive Order 13175 of November 6, 2000 (Consultation
and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments), and
my memorandum of November 5, 2009 (Tribal Consulta-
tion).
(d) This memorandum is not intended to, and does
not, create any right or benefit, substantive or proce-
dural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party
against the United States, its departments, agencies, or
entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other
person.
Page 221
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 601
(e) The Director of the Office of Management and
Budget is hereby authorized and directed to publish
this memorandum in the Federal Register.
BARACK OBAMA.
EXPANDING
FEDERAL
SUPPORT
FOR
PREDEVELOPMENT
ACTIVITIES
FOR NONFEDERAL DOMESTIC INFRASTRUC-
TURE ASSETS
Memorandum of President of the United States, Jan.
16, 2015, 80 F.R. 3455, provided:
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Depart-
ments and Agencies
The United States is significantly underinvesting in
both the maintenance of existing public infrastructure
and the development of new infrastructure projects.
While there is no replacement for adequate public fund-
ing, innovative financing options and increased col-
laboration between the private and public sectors can
help to increase overall investment in infrastructure.
However, a major challenge for innovative infrastruc-
ture projects, whether using emerging technologies or
alternative financing, is the lack of funding for the
phases of infrastructure project development that pre-
cede actual construction. Infrastructure projects re-
quire
upfront
costs,
commonly
known
as
‘‘predevelopment’’ costs, for activities such as project
and system planning, economic impact analyses, pre-
liminary engineering assessments, and environmental
review. Although only accounting for a small percent-
age of total costs, predevelopment activities have con-
siderable influence on which projects will move for-
ward, where and how they will be built, who will fund
them, and who will benefit from them. Yet, in light of
factors like fiscal constraints, the extent of overall
needs, and risk aversion, State, local, and tribal gov-
ernments tend to focus scarce resources on con-
structing and developing conventional projects and ad-
dressing their most critical infrastructure needs, there-
by underinvesting in predevelopment.
Greater attention to the predevelopment phase could
yield a range of benefits—for example, providing the
opportunity to develop longer-term, more innovative,
and more complex infrastructure projects and facili-
tating assessment of a range of financing approaches,
including public-private partnerships. Additional in-
vestment in predevelopment costs also may enable
State, local, and tribal governments to utilize innova-
tions in infrastructure design and emerging tech-
nologies, reduce long-term costs to infrastructure
project users, and provide other benefits, such as im-
proved environmental performance and enhanced resil-
ience to climate change.
The Federal Government can meaningfully expand
opportunities for public-private collaboration, encour-
age more transformational projects, and improve
project outcomes by encouraging Federal investment
in robust predevelopment activities and providing
other forms of support, such as technical assistance, to
communities during the predevelopment phase.
Therefore, by the authority vested in me as President
by the Constitution and the laws of the United States
of America, I hereby direct the following:
SECTION 1. Policy. It shall be the policy of the Federal
Government for all executive departments and agencies
(agencies) that provide grants, technical assistance,
and other forms of support for nonfederal domestic in-
frastructure assets, or regulate the development of
these infrastructure assets, to actively support non-
federal predevelopment activities with all available
tools, including grants, technical assistance, and regu-
latory changes, to the extent permitted by law and con-
sistent with agency mission. Agencies shall seek to
make predevelopment funding and support available, as
permitted by law and consistent with agency mission
and where it is in the public interest and does not sup-
plant existing public investment, to encourage oppor-
tunities for private sector investment. Agencies shall
pay particular attention to predevelopment activities
in sectors where State, local, and tribal governments
have traditionally played a significant role, such as
surface transportation, drinking water, sewage and
storm water management systems, landside ports, and
social infrastructure like schools and community fa-
cilities.
SEC. 2. Definitions. For the purposes of this memo-
randum:
(a) ‘‘Predevelopment activities’’ means activities
that provide decisionmakers with the opportunity to
identify and assess potential infrastructure projects
and modifications to existing infrastructure projects,
and to advance those projects from the conceptual
phase to actual construction. Predevelopment activi-
ties include:
(i) project planning, feasibility studies, economic as-
sessments and cost-benefit analyses, and public benefit
studies and value-for-money analyses;
(ii) design and engineering;
(iii) financial planning (including the identification
of funding and financing options);
(iv) permitting, environmental review, and regu-
latory processes;
(v) assessment of the impacts of potential projects on
the area, including the effect on communities, the envi-
ronment, the workforce, and wages and benefits, as
well as assessment of infrastructure vulnerability and
resilience to climate change and other risks; and
(vi) public outreach and community engagement.
(b) ‘‘Predevelopment funding’’ means funding for
predevelopment activities and associated costs, such as
flexible staff, external advisors, convening potential in-
vestment partners, and associated legal costs directly
related to predevelopment activities.
SEC. 3. Federal Action to Support Predevelopment Activi-
ties. Agencies shall take the following actions to sup-
port predevelopment activities:
(a) the Department of Commerce, through the Eco-
nomic Development Administration’s Public Works
grants and Economic Adjustment Assistance grants,
and consistent with the programs’ mission and goals,
shall take steps to increase assistance for the
predevelopment phase of infrastructure projects;
(b) the Department of Transportation shall develop
guidance to clarify where predevelopment activities are
eligible for funding through its programs. To further
encourage early collaboration in the project develop-
ment process, the Department of Transportation shall
also clarify options for providing early feedback into
environmental review processes;
(c) the Department of Homeland Security shall clar-
ify for grantees where predevelopment funding is avail-
able through the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program;
(d) the Department of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment shall clarify for grantees how the Community De-
velopment Block Grant program and other Federal
funding sources can be used for predevelopment activi-
ties;
(e) the Department of Agriculture shall develop guid-
ance to clarify where predevelopment activities are eli-
gible for funding through its programs, including
grants for water and waste projects pursuant to 7 CFR
1780.1 et seq., the Special Evaluation Assistance for
Rural Communities and Households Program, the Com-
munity Facilities Grant program, and the Watershed
and Flood Prevention Operations Program. To encour-
age innovative predevelopment work, the Department
of Agriculture shall also train Water and Environ-
mental Programs field staff on predevelopment best
practices and prioritize predevelopment in the Depart-
ment of Agriculture’s project development process; and
(f) the other members of the Working Group estab-
lished in section 3 of my memorandum of July 17, 2014
(Expanding Public-Private Collaboration on Infrastruc-
ture Development and Financing), shall take such steps
as appropriate to clarify program eligibilities related
to predevelopment activities for nonfederal domestic
infrastructure assets.
SEC. 4. Implementation, Public Education, and Best
Practices. The Departments of Agriculture, Commerce,
Labor, Housing and Urban Development, Transpor-
Page 222
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 602
1 So in original. The comma probably should be a semicolon.
tation, Energy, and Homeland Security, and the Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency shall develop plans for
implementing the requirements of this memorandum,
providing technical assistance to nonfederal actors en-
gaged in predevelopment activities, and educating
grantees
and
the
public
on
the
benefits
of
predevelopment and the Federal resources available for
these activities. These agencies shall also work to-
gether to develop a guide for nonfederal actors under-
taking nonfederal predevelopment activities that in-
cludes best practices on how to evaluate and compare
traditional and alternative financing strategies. No
later than 60 days after the date of this memorandum,
these agencies shall provide these plans and the best
practice guide to the Director of the National Eco-
nomic Council. Subsequently, these agencies shall pro-
vide regular updates to the Director of the National
Economic Council on their progress in increasing sup-
port for predevelopment activities.
SEC. 5. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this memo-
randum shall be construed to impair or otherwise af-
fect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive de-
partment or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Man-
agement and Budget relating to budgetary, administra-
tive, or legislative proposals.
(b) This memorandum is not intended to, and does
not, create any right or benefit, substantive or proce-
dural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party
against the United States, its departments, agencies, or
entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other
person.
(c) The Secretary of Transportation is hereby author-
ized and directed to publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
BARACK OBAMA.
§ 602. Regulatory agenda
(a) During the months of October and April of
each year, each agency shall publish in the Fed-
eral Register a regulatory flexibility agenda
which shall contain—
(1) a brief description of the subject area of
any rule which the agency expects to propose
or promulgate which is likely to have a sig-
nificant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities;
(2) a summary of the nature of any such rule
under consideration for each subject area list-
ed in the agenda pursuant to paragraph (1), the
objectives and legal basis for the issuance of
the rule, and an approximate schedule for
completing action on any rule for which the
agency has issued a general notice of proposed
rulemaking,1 and
(3) the name and telephone number of an
agency official knowledgeable concerning the
items listed in paragraph (1).
(b) Each regulatory flexibility agenda shall be
transmitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy
of the Small Business Administration for com-
ment, if any.
(c) Each agency shall endeavor to provide no-
tice of each regulatory flexibility agenda to
small entities or their representatives through
direct notification or publication of the agenda
in publications likely to be obtained by such
small entities and shall invite comments upon
each subject area on the agenda.
(d) Nothing in this section precludes an agen-
cy from considering or acting on any matter not
included in a regulatory flexibility agenda, or
requires an agency to consider or act on any
matter listed in such agenda.
(Added Pub. L. 96–354, § 3(a), Sept. 19, 1980, 94
Stat. 1166.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Jan. 1, 1981, see section 4 of Pub. L.
96–354, set out as a note under section 601 of this title.
§ 603. Initial regulatory flexibility analysis
(a) Whenever an agency is required by section
553 of this title, or any other law, to publish gen-
eral notice of proposed rulemaking for any pro-
posed rule, or publishes a notice of proposed
rulemaking for an interpretative rule involving
the internal revenue laws of the United States,
the agency shall prepare and make available for
public comment an initial regulatory flexibility
analysis. Such analysis shall describe the im-
pact of the proposed rule on small entities. The
initial regulatory flexibility analysis or a sum-
mary shall be published in the Federal Register
at the time of the publication of general notice
of proposed rulemaking for the rule. The agency
shall transmit a copy of the initial regulatory
flexibility analysis to the Chief Counsel for Ad-
vocacy of the Small Business Administration. In
the case of an interpretative rule involving the
internal revenue laws of the United States, this
chapter applies to interpretative rules published
in the Federal Register for codification in the
Code of Federal Regulations, but only to the ex-
tent that such interpretative rules impose on
small entities a collection of information re-
quirement.
(b) Each initial regulatory flexibility analysis
required under this section shall contain—
(1) a description of the reasons why action
by the agency is being considered;
(2) a succinct statement of the objectives of,
and legal basis for, the proposed rule;
(3) a description of and, where feasible, an
estimate of the number of small entities to
which the proposed rule will apply;
(4) a description of the projected reporting,
recordkeeping and other compliance require-
ments of the proposed rule, including an esti-
mate of the classes of small entities which will
be subject to the requirement and the type of
professional skills necessary for preparation of
the report or record;
(5) an identification, to the extent prac-
ticable, of all relevant Federal rules which
may duplicate, overlap or conflict with the
proposed rule.
(c) Each initial regulatory flexibility analysis
shall also contain a description of any signifi-
cant alternatives to the proposed rule which ac-
complish the stated objectives of applicable
statutes and which minimize any significant
economic impact of the proposed rule on small
entities. Consistent with the stated objectives of
applicable statutes, the analysis shall discuss
significant alternatives such as—
(1) the establishment of differing compliance
or reporting requirements or timetables that
take into account the resources available to
small entities;
Cross-references
Connections may be documented source relationships, shared citations or nearby passages. Each explains its basis; a connection alone does not establish applicability to your situation.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
**(a) Definitions** For purposes of this section, the term—
(1) “Board” means a Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Board established under subsection (c); and
(2) “Ombudsman” means the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman designated under subsection (b).
**(b) SBA Enforcement Ombudsman**
(1) Not later than 180 days after March 29, 1996, the Administrator shall designate a Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman, who shall report directly to the Administrator, utilizing personnel of the Small Business Administration to the extent practicable. Other agencies shall assist the Ombudsman and take actions as necessary to ensure compliance with the requirements of this section. Nothing in this section is intended to replace or diminish the activities of any Ombudsman or similar office in any other agency.
(2) The Ombudsman shall—
(A) work with each agency with regulatory authority over small businesses to ensure that small business concerns that receive or are subject to an audit, on-site inspection, compliance assistance effort, or other enforcement related communication or contact by agency personnel are provided with a means to comment on the enforcement activity conducted by such personnel;
(B) establish means to receive comments from small business concerns regarding actions by agency employees conducting compliance or enforcement activities with respect to the small business concern, means to refer comments to the Inspector General of the affected agency in the appropriate circumstances, and otherwise seek to maintain the identity of the person and small business concern making such comments on a confidential basis to the same extent as employee identities are protected under [section 407 of title 5](
Stored review status: release_metadata_unconfirmed. The source passage cites 15 U.S.C. § 657. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
§ 657. Oversight of regulatory enforcement
(a) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the term—
(1) ‘‘Board’’ means a Regional Small Busi-
ness Regulatory Fairness Board established
under subsection (c); and
(2) ‘‘Ombudsman’’ means the Small Business
and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Om-
budsman designated under subsection (b).
(b) SBA Enforcement Ombudsman
(1) Not later than 180 days after March 29, 1996,
the Administrator shall designate a Small Busi-
ness and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement
Ombudsman, who shall report directly to the
Administrator, utilizing personnel of the Small
Business Administration to the extent prac-
ticable. Other agencies shall assist the Ombuds-
man and take actions as necessary to ensure
compliance with the requirements of this sec-
tion. Nothing in this section is intended to re-
place or diminish the activities of any Ombuds-
man or similar office in any other agency.
(2) The Ombudsman shall—
(A) work with each agency with regulatory
authority over small businesses to ensure that
small business concerns that receive or are
subject to an audit, on-site inspection, compli-
ance assistance effort, or other enforcement
related communication or contact by agency
personnel are provided with a means to com-
ment on the enforcement activity conducted
by such personnel;
(B) establish means to receive comments
from small business concerns regarding ac-
tions by agency employees conducting compli-
Page 1046
TITLE 15—COMMERCE AND TRADE
§ 657
ance or enforcement activities with respect to
the small business concern, means to refer
comments to the Inspector General of the af-
fected
agency
in
the
appropriate
cir-
cumstances, and otherwise seek to maintain
the identity of the person and small business
concern
Stored review status: historical_2024_not_currentness_verified. The source passage cites 15 U.S.C. § 657. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
As used in this chapter—
(1) The term “Federal agency” means any department, agency, or instrumentality in the executive branch of the Government, any wholly owned Government corporation, the Architect of the Capitol, the Federal Reserve banks and branches thereof, and any person who has the authority to acquire property by eminent domain under Federal law.
(2) The term “State” means any of the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, any territory or possession of the United States, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and any political subdivision thereof.
(3) The term “State agency” means any department, agency, or instrumentality of a State or of a political subdivision of a State, any department, agency, or instrumentality of 2 or more States or of 2 or more political subdivisions of a State or States, and any person who has the authority to acquire property by eminent domain under State law.
(4) The term “Federal financial assistance” means a grant, loan, or contribution provided by the United States, except any Federal guarantee or insurance, any interest reduction payment to an individual in connection with the purchase and occupancy of a residence by that individual, and any annual payment or capital loan to the District of Columbia.
(5) The term “person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, or association.
(6)
(A) The term “displaced person” means, except as provided in subparagraph (B)—
(i) any person who moves from real property, or moves his personal property from real property—
(I) as a direct result of a written notice of intent to acquire or the acquisition of such real property in whole or in part for a program or project undertaken by a Federal agency or with
Stored review status: release_metadata_unconfirmed. The source passage cites 42 U.S.C. § 4601. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
§ 4601. Definitions
As used in this chapter—
(1) The term ‘‘Federal agency’’ means any de-
partment, agency, or instrumentality in the ex-
ecutive branch of the Government, any wholly
owned Government corporation, the Architect of
the Capitol, the Federal Reserve banks and
branches thereof, and any person who has the
authority to acquire property by eminent do-
main under Federal law.
(2) The term ‘‘State’’ means any of the several
States of the United States, the District of Co-
lumbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, any
territory or possession of the United States, the
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and any
political subdivision thereof.
(3) The term ‘‘State agency’’ means any de-
partment, agency, or instrumentality of a State
or of a political subdivision of a State, any de-
partment, agency, or instrumentality of 2 or
more States or of 2 or more political subdivi-
sions of a State or States, and any person who
has the authority to acquire property by emi-
nent domain under State law.
(4) The term ‘‘Federal financial assistance’’
means a grant, loan, or contribution provided by
the United States, except any Federal guarantee
or insurance, any interest reduction payment to
an individual in connection with the purchase
and occupancy of a residence by that individual,
and any annual payment or capital loan to the
District of Columbia.
(5) The term ‘‘person’’ means any individual,
partnership, corporation, or association.
(6)(A) The term ‘‘displaced person’’ means, ex-
cept as provided in subparagraph (B)—
(i) any person who moves from real property,
or moves his personal property from real prop-
erty—
(I) as a direct result of a written notice of
intent to acquire or the acquisition of such
real property in whole or in part for a
Stored review status: historical_2024_not_currentness_verified. The source passage cites 42 U.S.C. § 4601. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
As used in this subchapter—
(1) the term “agency” means any executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government controlled corporation, or other establishment in the executive branch of the Government (including the Executive Office of the President), or any independent regulatory agency, but does not include—
(A) the Government Accountability Office;
(B) Federal Election Commission;
(C) the governments of the District of Columbia and of the territories and possessions of the United States, and their various subdivisions; or
(D) Government-owned contractor-operated facilities, including laboratories engaged in national defense research and production activities;
(2) the term “burden” means time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, or provide information to or for a Federal agency, including the resources expended for—
(A) reviewing instructions;
(B) acquiring, installing, and utilizing technology and systems;
(C) adjusting the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements;
(D) searching data sources;
(E) completing and reviewing the collection of information; and
(F) transmitting, or otherwise disclosing the information;
(3) the term “collection of information”—
(A) means the obtaining, causing to be obtained, soliciting, or requiring the disclosure to third parties or the public, of facts or opinions by or for an agency, regardless of form or format, calling for either—
(i) answers to identical questions posed to, or identical reporting or recordkeeping requirements imposed on, ten or more persons, other than agencies, instrumentalities, or employees of the United States; or
(ii) answers to questions posed to agencies, ins
Stored review status: release_metadata_unconfirmed. The source passage cites 44 U.S.C. § 3502. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
§ 3502. Definitions
As used in this subchapter—
(1) the term ‘‘agency’’ means any executive
department, military department, Govern-
ment corporation, Government controlled cor-
poration, or other establishment in the execu-
tive branch of the Government (including the
Executive Office of the President), or any
independent regulatory agency, but does not
include—
(A) the Government Accountability Office;
(B) Federal Election Commission;
(C) the governments of the District of Co-
lumbia and of the territories and possessions
of the United States, and their various sub-
divisions; or
(D)
Government-owned
contractor-oper-
ated facilities, including laboratories en-
gaged in national defense research and pro-
duction activities;
(2) the term ‘‘burden’’ means time, effort, or
financial resources expended by persons to
generate, maintain, or provide information to
or for a Federal agency, including the re-
sources expended for—
(A) reviewing instructions;
(B) acquiring, installing, and utilizing
technology and systems;
(C) adjusting the existing ways to comply
with any previously applicable instructions
and requirements;
(D) searching data sources;
(E) completing and reviewing the collec-
tion of information; and
(F) transmitting, or otherwise disclosing
the information;
(3) the term ‘‘collection of information’’—
(A) means the obtaining, causing to be ob-
tained, soliciting, or requiring the disclosure
to third parties or the public, of facts or
opinions by or for an agency, regardless of
form or format, calling for either—
(i) answers to identical questions posed
to, or identical reporting or recordkeeping
requirements imposed on, ten or more per-
sons, other than agencies, instrumental-
ities, or employees of the United States; or
(ii) answers
Stored review status: historical_2024_not_currentness_verified. The source passage cites 44 U.S.C. § 3502. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
**(a)** This section applies, according to the provisions thereof, to hearings required by section 553 or 554 of this title to be conducted in accordance with this section.
**(b)** There shall preside at the taking of evidence—
(1) the agency;
(2) one or more members of the body which comprises the agency; or
(3) one or more administrative law judges appointed under [section 3105 of this title](https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title5-section3105&num=0&edition=prelim).
This subchapter does not supersede the conduct of specified classes of proceedings, in whole or in part, by or before boards or other employees specially provided for by or designated under statute. The functions of presiding employees and of employees participating in decisions in accordance with [section 557 of this title](https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title5-section557&num=0&edition=prelim) shall be conducted in an impartial manner. A presiding or participating employee may at any time disqualify himself. On the filing in good faith of a timely and sufficient affidavit of personal bias or other disqualification of a presiding or participating employee, the agency shall determine the matter as a part of the record and decision in the case.
**(c)** Subject to published rules of the agency and within its powers, employees presiding at hearings may—
(1) administer oaths and affirmations;
(2) issue subpenas authorized by law;
(3) rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
(4) take depositions or have depositions taken when the ends of justice would be served;
(5) regulate the course of the hearing;
(6) hold conferences for the settlement or simplification of the issues by consent of the parties or by the use of alternative mean
Stored review status: release_metadata_unconfirmed. The source passage cites 5 U.S.C. § 556. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
§ 556. Hearings; presiding employees; powers and
duties; burden of proof; evidence; record as
basis of decision
(a) This section applies, according to the pro-
visions thereof, to hearings required by section
553 or 554 of this title to be conducted in accord-
ance with this section.
(b) There shall preside at the taking of evi-
dence—
(1) the agency;
(2) one or more members of the body which
comprises the agency; or
(3) one or more administrative law judges
appointed under section 3105 of this title.
This subchapter does not supersede the conduct
of specified classes of proceedings, in whole or in
Page 150
TITLE 5—GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION AND EMPLOYEES
§ 556
part, by or before boards or other employees spe-
cially provided for by or designated under stat-
ute. The functions of presiding employees and of
employees participating in decisions in accord-
ance with section 557 of this title shall be con-
ducted in an impartial manner. A presiding or
participating employee may at any time dis-
qualify himself. On the filing in good faith of a
timely and sufficient affidavit of personal bias
or other disqualification of a presiding or par-
ticipating employee, the agency shall determine
the matter as a part of the record and decision
in the case.
(c) Subject to published rules of the agency
and within its powers, employees presiding at
hearings may—
(1) administer oaths and affirmations;
(2) issue subpenas authorized by law;
(3) rule on offers of proof and receive rel-
evant evidence;
(4) take depositions or have depositions
taken when the ends of justice would be
served;
(5) regulate the course of the hearing;
(6) hold conferences for the settlement or
simplification of the issues by consent of the
parties or by the use of alternative means of
Stored review status: historical_2024_not_currentness_verified. The source passage cites 5 U.S.C. § 556. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.
Federal law — U.S. Code and appendices · legal_authorities
For purposes of this chapter—
(1) the term “agency” means an agency as defined in [section 551(1) of this title](https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title5-section551/1&num=0&edition=prelim);
(2) the term “rule” means any rule for which the agency publishes a general notice of proposed rulemaking pursuant to [section 553(b) of this title](https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title5-section553/b&num=0&edition=prelim), or any other law, including any rule of general applicability governing Federal grants to State and local governments for which the agency provides an opportunity for notice and public comment, except that the term “rule” does not include a rule of particular applicability relating to rates, wages, corporate or financial structures or reorganizations thereof, prices, facilities, appliances, services, or allowances therefor or to valuations, costs or accounting, or practices relating to such rates, wages, structures, prices, appliances, services, or allowances;
(3) the term “small business” has the same meaning as the term “small business concern” under section 3 of the Small Business Act, unless an agency, after consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the Small Business Administration and after opportunity for public comment, establishes one or more definitions of such term which are appropriate to the activities of the agency and publishes such definition(s) in the Federal Register;
(4) the term “small organization” means any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field, unless an agency establishes, after opportunity for public comment, one or more definitions of such term which are appropriate to the activities of the agency and publishes such
**(a)** During the months of October and April of each year, each agency shall publish in the Federal Register a regulatory flexibility agenda which shall contain—
(1) a brief description of the subject area of any rule which the agency expects to propose or promulgate which is likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities;
(2) a summary of the nature of any such rule under consideration for each subject area listed in the agenda pursuant to paragraph (1), the objectives and legal basis for the issuance of the rule, and an approximate schedule for completing action on any rule for which the agency has issued a general notice of proposed rulemaking,11 So in original. The comma probably should be a semicolon. and
(3) the name and telephone number of an agency official knowledgeable concerning the items listed in paragraph (1).
**(b)** Each regulatory flexibility agenda shall be transmitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment, if any.
**(c)** Each agency shall endeavor to provide notice of each regulatory flexibility agenda to small entities or their representatives through direct notification or publication of the agenda in publications likely to be obtained by such small entities and shall invite comments upon each subject area on the agenda.
**(d)** Nothing in this section precludes an agency from considering or acting on any matter not included in a regulatory flexibility agenda, or requires an agency to consider or act on any matter listed in such agenda.
Stored review status: release_metadata_unconfirmed. The source passage cites 5 U.S.C. § 602. This identifies an authority to review, not proof of applicability.